STATE OF LOUISIANA

DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION AND DEVELOPMENT

P. O. BOX 94245
BATON ROUGE LOUISIANA 70804-9245

LOCATION AND SURVEY SECTION

SURVEY AUTOMATION

SURVEY FEATURE CODE GUIDE

BOOK

PREPARED BY HUNTINGTON HODGES, P.L.S.

LOCATION & SURVEY ASSISTANT ADMINISTRATOR
DECEMBER 1, 1999
REVISED FEBRUARY 1, 2002
REVISED JANUARY 1, 2005
REVISED OCTOBER 1, 2005
REVISED JANUARY 3, 2006
REVISED DECEMBER 1, 2008
REVISED JANUARY 30, 2009
REVISED DECEMBER 1, 2010
REVISED DECEMBER 1, 2011

1
 Listing of changes made to feature codes for year 2011

Code 184, Bridge Pile Point Square added.

Code 185, Bridge Pile Point renamed to Bridge Pile Point Round.
Code 580, Property Corner, changed observational requirements to require fine measure mode
and one full position measured (F1, F2, F2, F1).
Code 581, Right Of Way Monument, changed observational requirements to require fine
measure mode and one full position measured (F1, F2, F2, F1).
Code 582, Section Corner, changed observational requirements to require fine measure mode
and one full position measured (F1, F2, F2, F1).
Code 583, Fence Corner As Property corner, changed observational requirements to require fine
measure mode and one full position measured (F1, F2, F2, F1).

Underground utility lines;

Codes 600 through 607, depth determination method attribute added to start of line.
Codes 608 and 609, depth determination method attribute added to start of line.
Codes 635 through 638, depth determination method attribute added to start of line.
Codes 645 and 646, depth determination method attribute added to start of line.
Codes 660 through 667, depth determination method attribute added to start of line.
Codes 700 through 707, depth determination method attribute added to start of line.
Codes 720 through 723, depth determination method attribute added to start of line.
Codes 740 through 745, depth determination method attribute added to start of line.
Codes 760 through 763, depth determination method attribute added to start of line.
Codes 810 through 815, depth determination method attribute added to start of line.
Codes 837 and 838, depth determination method attribute added to start of line.
Code 841, depth determination method attribute added to start of line.
Code 842, depth determination method attribute added to start of line.
Codes 843 and 844, depth determination method attribute added to start of line.
Codes 867 and 868, depth determination method attribute added to start of line.
Codes 870 through 877, depth determination method attribute added to start of line.
Codes 885 and 886, depth determination method attribute added to start of line.
Codes 910 through 917, depth determination method attribute added to start of line.
Codes 930 through 937, depth determination method attribute added to start of line.
Codes 938 and 939, depth determination method attribute added to start of line.
Codes 950 through 957, depth determination method attribute added to start of line.
Codes 990 through 993, depth determination method attribute added to start of line.

2
 Listing of changes made to feature codes for year 2010
Codes 47 through 49 added, crown of road.
Codes 55 through 59 added, pavement edge.
Codes 90 through 92 added, crash wall base
Codes 93 through 95 added, crash wall top
Codes 134 through 139 added, bridge deck gutter ling
Codes 168 and 169 added, top of bridge bent cap
Code 326 added, scanned elevation shot
Code 634 added, television test hole
Code 689 added, power test hole
Code 773 added, gas test hole
Code 774 added, pipeline test hole
Code 828 added, sewer test hole
Code 909 added, telephone test hole
Code 983 added, water test hole

3
 Listing of changes made to feature codes for January 30, 2009
Code 4, temporary benchmark, added pt.name attribute and added comments.
Code 6, topo point, changed observational requirements to require fine measure mode
and one full position measured (F1, F2, F2, F1).
Codes 148 and 149 added, bridge deck joint.
Code 246 added, top of water elevation.
Codes 250 through 255, pipe culvert invert, to remain but are superseded with sized pipe codes.
Codes 260 through 263, pipe crossdrain invert, to remain but are superseded with sized pipe
codes.
Codes 265 through 268, box culvert invert, to remain but are superseded with sized box codes.
Codes 270 through 273, box crossdrain invert, to remain but are superseded with sized box
codes.
Codes 331 through 334 added, water bottom breakline.
Codes 398 and 399 added, rip rap.
Code 469 added, finished floor elevation.
Code 584 added, calculated right of way corner.
Codes 608 and 609 added, multiple underground tv cable.
Codes 614 and 615 added, multiple aboveground tv cable.
Code 633 added, tv utility marker.
Codes 635 through 638 added, underground tv fiber optic line.
Codes 640 through 643 added, aboveground tv fiber optic line.
Codes 645 and 646 added, multiple underground tv fiber optic line.
Codes 648 and 649 added, multiple aboveground tv fiber optic line.
Code 659 added, electric utility marker.
Code 739 added, gas utility marker.
Code 772 added, pipeline utility marker.
Codes 800 through 807, sewer line invert, to remain but are superseded with sized pipe codes.
Code 827 added, sewer utility marker.
Codes 837 and 838 added, underground traffic signal power.
Codes 839 and 840 added, aboveground traffic signal power.
Code 841 added, underground traffic interconnect line.
Code 842 added, underground traffic loop detector line.
Codes 843 and 844 added, underground traffic fiber optic line.
Codes 845 and 846 added, aboveground traffic fiber optic line.
Code 847 added, dynamic message sign.
Code 848 added, dynamic message sign support.
Code 849 added, miscellaneous traffic pole.
Code 860 renamed from traffic light standard to light standard.
Code 861 renamed from traffic light standard power vault to light standard power vault.
Code 864 added, traffic pull box.
Code 908 added, telephone utility marker.
Codes 938 and 939 added, multiple underground telephone fiber optic line.
Codes 944 and 945 added, multiple aboveground telephone fiber optic line.
Code 982 added, water utility marker.

4
Code 1025, aboveground storage tank (point), added capacity attribute.
Code 1026, aboveground storage tank (closed), added capacity attribute.
Code 1035, underground storage tank (point), added capacity attribute.
Code 1036, underground storage tank (closed), added capacity attribute.
Codes between 2000 and 2285 added, round pipe culvert invert (sized).
Codes between 2300 and 2583 added, round pipe crossdrain invert (sized).
Codes between 2600 and 3035 added, arch pipe culvert invert (sized).
Codes between 3040 and 3258 added, arch pipe crossdrain invert (sized).
Codes between 5000 and 5203 added, box culvert invert centerline (sized).
Codes between 5300 and 5503 added, box culvert crossdrain invert centerline (sized).
Codes between 8000 and 8233 added, round sewer line invert (sized).
Code 1046 added, miscellaneous tower (point)
Code 1047 added, miscellaneous tower guy anchor

Listing of changes made to feature codes for December 1, 2008

Codes 189 through 194 added, bridge pile (line).
Codes 195 through 199 added, bridge footing.
Code 544 added, barricade post.
Codes 547 through 549 added, footing.

5
 TABLE OF CONTENTS

PART 1
FEATURE CODE LIST

PART 2
FIELD GUIDE

PART 3
CONTROL CODE DETAILS

PART 4
FEATURE CODE DETAILS

6
 PART 1
FEATURE CODE
LIST

7
 FEA. FEATURE ATTRIBUTES OBJECT DTM
NO. DESCRIPTION INFO 1 INFO 2 INFO 3 INFO 4 INFO 5 TYPE FEATURE

SURVEY CONTROL
* No attribute prompting by data collector
1* PRIMARY CONTROL POINT (KNOWN X,Y,Z) SIZE MATRL PT.NAME POINT DNU
2* HORIZONTAL CONTROL POINT (KNOWN X,Y) SIZE MATRL PT.NAME POINT DNU
3 CONTROL BENCHMARK (KNOWN Z) SIZE MATRL PT.NAME POINT DNU
4 TEMPORARY BENCHMARK SIZE MATRL WHERE PT.NAME POINT DNU
5* TRAVERSE POINT SIZE MATRL POINT DNU
6* TOPO POINT SIZE MATRL POINT DNU
7 CONTROL POINT REFERENCE MARK SIZE MATRL WHERE POINT DNU
8 PHOTO TARGET SIZE MATRL POINT DNU
9 TRAVERSE CLOSING POINT PT.NAME POINT DNU
20 FIELD SURVEY POINT OF CURVATURE (PC) SIZE MATRL POINT DNU
21 FIELD SURVEY POINT OF INTERSECTION (PI) SIZE MATRL POINT DNU
22 FIELD SURVEY POINT OF TANGENCY (PT) SIZE MATRL POINT DNU
23 FIELD SURVEY POINT ON TANGENT (POT) SIZE MATRL POINT DNU
24 VERIFICATION OBSERVATION POINT PT.NAME POINT DNU
25 - 30 FIELD SURVEY ALIGNMENT 1 - 6 LINE DNU

ROADWAY

47 - 54 CROWN OF ROAD 1 - 8 OWNER NUMBER RD.NAME MATRL LINE BREAK

55 - 69 PAVEMENT EDGE 1 - 15 MATRL LINE BREAK
70 - 79 SHOULDER EDGE 1 - 10 MATRL LINE BREAK
80 - 89 SLOPE TOE 1 - 10 LINE BREAK
90 - 92 CRASH WALL BASE 1 - 3 MATRL LINE BREAK
93 - 95 CRASH WALL TOP 1 - 3 MATRL LINE BREAK

CURB AND GUTTER

100 - 119 CURB 1 - 20 MATRL TYPE LINE BREAK

120 - 127 GUTTER 1 - 8 MATRL TYPE LINE BREAK

BRIDGE

130 - 133 CROWN OF BRIDGE DECK 1 - 4 MATRL NUMBER LINE DNU

134 - 139 BRIDGE DECK GUTTER LINE 1 - 6 MATRL LINE DNU
140 - 147 BRIDGE DECK EDGE 1 - 8 MATRL LINE DNU
148 - 149 BRIDGE DECK JOINT 1 - 2 MATRL LINE DNU
150 - 159 BRIDGE CURB 1 - 10 MATRL TYPE LINE DNU
160 - 167 BRIDGE RAIL 1 - 8 MATRL LINE DNU
168 - 169 TOP OF BRIDGE BENT CAP 1 - 2 MATRL LINE DNU
170 - 173 BRIDGE HEADWALL TOP CENTERLINE 1 - 4 WIDTH MATRL LINE BREAK
175 - 178 BRIDGE WINGWALL TOP CENTERLINE 1 - 4 WIDTH MATRL LINE BREAK
180 - 183 GUARDRAIL CENTERLINE 1 - 4 MATRL LINE DNU
184 BRIDGE PILE POINT SQUARE SIZE MATRL POINT DNU
185 BRIDGE PILE POINT ROUND DIA MATRL POINT DNU
186 BRIDGE PILE C (CLOSED) MATRL LINE DNU
187 BRIDGE PILE 1 (LINE) DIA MATRL NO.PILE LINE DNU
189 - 194 BRIDGE PILE 2 - 6 (LINE) DIA MATRL NO.PILE LINE DNU
188 BOTTOM OF STRINGER POINT DNU
195 - 199 BRIDGE FOOTING MATRL LINE BREAK

WATER BODY

200 - 203 WATER BODY CENTERLINE 1 - 4 INFO LINE BREAK

210 - 217 WATER BODY BANK 1 - 8 LINE BREAK
220 - 227 WATER'S EDGE 1 - 8 WB.NAME LINE BREAK
230 - 233 SWAMP LINE 1 - 4 LINE BREAK
240 - 243 MARSH LINE 1 - 4 LINE BREAK
245 HIGH WATER MARK INFO POINT DNU
246 TOP OF WATER ELEVATION INFO POINT DNU

DRAINAGE STRUCTURE

250 - 255 PIPE CULVERT INVERT 1 - 6 SIZE MATRL LINE DNU

260 - 263 PIPE CROSSDRAIN INVERT 1 - 4 SIZE MATRL LINE DNU
265 - 268 BOX CULVERT INVERT 1 - 4 (CLOSED) MATRL NO.OPEN WIDTH HEIGHT LINE DNU
270 - 273 BOX CROSSDRAIN INVERT 1 - 4 (CLOSED) MATRL NO.OPEN WIDTH HEIGHT LINE DNU
275 - 278 DRAINAGE HEADWALL TOP CENTERLINE 1 - 4 WIDTH MATRL LINE BREAK
280 - 283 DRAINAGE WINGWALL TOP CENTERLINE 1 - 4 WIDTH MATRL LINE BREAK
285 CATCH BASIN TOP 1 (POINT) SIZE MATRL POINT REG
286 CATCH BASIN TOP 2 (CLOSED) MATRL LINE BREAK
290 DROP INLET TOP 1 (POINT) SIZE MATRL POINT REG
291 DROP INLET TOP 2 (CLOSED) MATRL LINE BREAK
295 DRAINAGE MANHOLE TOP SIZE MATRL POINT DNU
296 DRAINAGE BOTTOM INVERT SHOT POINT DNU
297 DRAINAGE PIPE INVERT SHOT SIZE MATRL POINT DNU

8
DTM

300 - 324 DTM BREAKLINE 1 - 25 LINE BREAK

325 ELEVATION SHOT POINT REG
326 SCANNED ELEVATION SHOT POINT REG
330 WATER BOTTOM SHOT POINT REG
331 -334 WATER BOTTOM BREAKLINE 1 -4 LINE BREAK

DITCH AND LEVEE

335 - 339 FLOOD PROTECTION STRUCTURE MATRL WIDTH MOVE INFO LINE BREAK
340 - 347 DITCH TOP 1 - 8 LINE BREAK
350 - 357 DITCH TOE 1 - 8 MATRL LINE BREAK
360 - 367 DITCH CENTERLINE 1 - 8 MATRL LINE BREAK
370 - 377 DITCH BACKSLOPE 1 - 8 LINE BREAK
380 - 387 LEVEE TOP 1 - 8 MATRL LINE BREAK
390 - 397 LEVEE TOE 1 - 8 LINE BREAK
398 -399 RIP RAP 1 - 2 MATRL LINE BREAK

TREES

400 - 405 WOODS EDGE 1 - 6 INFO LINE DNU

410 - 415 TREE LINE 1 - 6 INFO 1 INFO 2 LINE DNU
420 - 425 HEDGE 1 - 6 TYPE INFO LINE DNU
430 - 433 SHRUBBERY BED 1 - 4 INFO LINE DNU
434 SHRUBBERY BOX (CLOSED) MATRL. LINE DNU
435 SHRUBBERY BOX (POINT) MATRL. SIZE POINT DNU
436 TREE DIA TYPE POINT DNU
437 BUSH TYPE POINT DNU
438 TREE CLUSTER INFO POINT DNU

BUILDING IMPROVEMENTS

440 - 449 BUILDING ON SLAB 1 - 10 MATRL USE MINORITY INFO OVERHANG LINE BREAK
450 - 459 BUILDING ON PIERS 1 - 10 MATRL USE MINORITY INFO OVERHANG LINE DNU
460 - 465 DRIVEWAY 1 - 6 MATRL LINE BREAK
469 FINISHED FLOOR ELEVATION INFO POINT DNU
470 - 475 SIDEWALK 1 - 6 MATRL LINE BREAK
480 - 485 PARKING LOT 1 - 6 MATRL LINE BREAK
490 - 495 SLAB 1 - 6 MATRL LINE BREAK
500 - 503 STAIRS 1 - 4 MATRL LINE DNU
505 - 508 STEPS 1 - 4 MATRL LINE BREAK
510 - 513 PIER 1 - 4 MATRL LINE DNU
515 - 518 RETAINING WALL TOP CENTERLINE 1 - 4 WIDTH MATRL LINE BREAK
520 - 521 PORCH ON SLAB 1 - 2 MATRL LINE BREAK
522 - 523 PORCH ON PIERS 1 - 2 MATRL LINE DNU
525 - 526 ROOF OVERHANG 1 - 2 MATRL LINE DNU
530 - 531 BASE OF WALL 1 - 2 WIDTH HEIGHT MATRL INFO LINE BREAK
535 - 536 CANOPY 1 - 2 MATRL LINE DNU
537 CANOPY SUPPORT SIZE MATRL POINT DNU
540 - 541 BARRICADE 1 - 2 HEIGHT MATRL INFO LINE DNU
544 BARRICADE POST SIZE MATRL POINT DNU
545 - 549 FOOTING 1 - 5 MATRL LINE BREAK

FENCES

550 - 557 FENCE LINE 1 - 8 HEIGHT MATRL INFO LINE DNU

560 - 563 GATE 1 - 4 HEIGHT MATRL LINE DNU
565 - 566 CATTLE GUARD TOP 1 - 2 (CLOSED) MATRL LINE DNU
570 FENCE POST MATRL SIZE POINT DNU

PROPERTY MONUMENTS

580 PROPERTY CORNER SIZE MATRL INFO POINT DNU

581 RIGHT OF WAY MONUMENT SIZE MATRL OWNER POINT DNU
582 SECTION CORNER SIZE MATRL INFO POINT DNU
583 FENCE CORNER AS PROPERTY CORNER SIZE MATRL POINT DNU
584 CALCULATED RIGHT OF WAY CORNER INFO1 INFO2 POINT DNU
585 CALCULATED PROPERTY CORNER INFO1 INFO2 POINT DNU
586 PREDICTED PROPERTY CORNER INFO1 INFO2 POINT DNU
590 - 595 APPARENT PROPERTY LINE 1 - 6 INFO1 INFO2 LINE DNU

9
TELEVISION UTILITY

600 - 607 UNDERGROUND TV CABLE 1 - 8 OWNER DEPTH LINE DNU

608 - 609 MULTIPLE UNDERGROUND TV CABLE 1 - 2 OWNER DEPTH NO.LINE SIZE LINE DNU
610 - 613 ABOVEGROUND TV CABLE 1 - 4 OWNER LINE DNU
614 - 615 MULTIPLE ABOVEGROUND TV CABLE 1 - 2 OWNER NO.LINE SIZE LINE DNU
620 - 621 UNDERGROUND TV SINGLE SERVICE 1 - 2 LINE DNU
625 - 626 ABOVEGROUND TV SINGLE SERVICE 1 - 2 LINE DNU
630 TV PEDESTAL POINT DNU
631 TV MANHOLE TOP POINT DNU
632 TV MANHOLE BOTTOM INVERT SHOT POINT DNU
633 TV UTILITY MARKER OWNER INFO POINT DNU
634 TV TEST HOLE OWNER DEPTH NO.LINE INFO1 INFO2 POINT DNU
635 - 638 UNDERGROUND TV FIBER OPTIC 1 - 4 OWNER DEPTH SIZE LINE DNU
640 - 643 ABOVEGROUND TV FIBER OPTIC 1 - 4 OWNER SIZE LINE DNU
645 - 646 MULTIPLE UNDERGROUND TV FIBER OPTIC 1 - 2 OWNER DEPTH NO.LINE SIZE LINE DNU
648 - 649 MULTIPLE ABOVEGROUND TV FIBER OPTIC 1 - 2 OWNER NO.LINE SIZE LINE DNU

ELECTRICITY UTILITY

650 POWER POLE DIA MATRL OWNER LIGHT TRANS POINT DNU
651 POWER POLE DEADMAN POINT DNU
652 COMBINATION POLE DIA MATRL OWNER LIGHT TRANS POINT DNU
653 GUY POLE SIZE MATRL POINT DNU
654 POWER JUNCTION BOX POINT DNU
655 POWER VAULT SIZE MATRL POINT DNU
656 POWER TRANSFORMER SIZE POINT DNU
657 POWER TRANSMISSION TOWER MATRL NO.LEGS OWNER CLOSED DNU
658 POWER DROP POINT DNU
659 ELECTRIC UTILITY MARKER OWNER INFO POINT DNU
660 - 667 UNDERGROUND POWER LINE 1 - 8 OWNER DEPTH LINE DNU
670 - 673 ABOVEGROUND POWER LINE 1 - 4 OWNER LINE DNU
680 - 681 UNDERGROUND POWER SINGLE SERVICE 1 - 2 LINE DNU
685 - 686 ABOVEGROUND POWER SINGLE SERVICE 1 - 2 LINE DNU
687 POWER TEST HOLE OWNER DEPTH NO.LINE INFO1 INFO2 POINT DNU

GAS UTILITY AND PIPELINE

700 - 707 UNDERGROUND GAS LINE 1 - 8 DIA MATRL OWNER DEPTH LINE DNU
710 - 713 ABOVEGROUND GAS LINE 1 - 4 DIA MATRL OWNER LINE DNU
715 - 716 UNDERGROUND GAS SINGLE SERVICE 1 - 2 LINE DNU
718 - 719 ABOVEGROUND GAS SINGLE SERVICE 1 - 2 LINE DNU
720 - 723 UNDERGROUND GAS LINE CASING 1 - 4 DIA MATRL OWNER DEPTH LINE DNU
725 - 728 ABOVEGROUND GAS LINE CASING 1 - 4 DIA MATRL OWNER LINE DNU
730 GAS VALVE POINT DNU
731 GAS METER POINT DNU
732 GAS SERVICE (NO METER) POINT DNU
733 GAS REGULATOR POINT DNU
734 GAS RISER POINT DNU
735 GAS TEST BOX POINT DNU
736 GAS VENT POINT DNU
737 GAS WELL OWNER POINT DNU
738 OIL WELL OWNER POINT DNU
739 GAS UTILITY MARKER OWNER INFO POINT DNU
740 - 745 UNDERGROUND PIPELINE 1 - 6 DIA MATRL OWNER PRODUCT DEPTH LINE DNU
750 - 753 ABOVEGROUND PIPELINE 1 - 4 DIA MATRL OWNER PRODUCT LINE DNU
760 - 763 UNDERGROUND PIPELINE CASING 1 - 4 DIA MATRL OWNER DEPTH LINE DNU
765 - 768 ABOVEGROUND PIPELINE CASING 1 - 4 DIA MATRL OWNER LINE DNU
770 PIPELINE VENT POINT DNU
771 PIPELINE REGULATOR POINT DNU
772 PIPELINE UTILITY MARKER OWNER INFO POINT DNU
773 GAS TEST HOLE OWNER DEPTH DIA MATRL INFO POINT DNU
774 PIPELINE TEST HOLE OWNER DEPTH DIA MATRL INFO POINT DNU

RAILROAD

780 - 789 RAILROAD TRACK RAIL TOP 1 - 10 OWNER LINE DNU

790 RAILROAD MILEPOST NUMBER POINT DNU
791 RAILROAD TRAFFIC SIGNAL POINT DNU
792 RAILROAD TRAFFIC SIGNAL CONTROL BOX SIZE POINT DNU
793 RAILROAD SWITCH POINT DNU
795 - 799 RAILROAD TRACK CENTERLINE 1 - 5 OWNER LINE BREAK

10
SEWER

800 - 807 SEWER LINE INVERT 1 - 8 DIA MATRL OWNER LINE DNU
810 - 815 SEWER FORCE MAIN TOP 1 - 6 DIA MATRL OWNER DEPTH LINE DNU
820 SEWER MANHOLE TOP POINT DNU
821 SEWER MANHOLE BOTTOM INVERT SHOT POINT DNU
822 SEWER CLEANOUT POINT DNU
823 SEWER BLOWOUT VALVE POINT DNU
824 SEWER SEPTIC TANK POINT DNU
825 SEWER PUMP POINT DNU
826 SEWER LINE INVERT SHOT DIA MATRL POINT DNU
827 SEWER UTILITY MARKER OWNER INFO POINT DNU
828 SEWER TEST HOLE OWNER DEPTH DIA MATRL INFO POINT DNU
830 SEWER LIFT STATION (POINT) POINT DNU
831 SEWER LIFT STATION (CLOSED) LINE DNU
835 SEWER TREATMENT PLANT (POINT) POINT DNU
836 SEWER TREATMENT PLANT (CLOSED) LINE DNU

TRAFFIC

837 - 838 UNDERGROUND TRAFFIC SIGNAL POWER 1 - 2 DEPTH SIZE OWNER LINE DNU
839 -840 ABOVEGROUND TRAFFIC SIGNAL POWER 1 - 2 SIZE OWNER LINE DNU
841 UNDERGROUND TRAFFIC INTERCONNECT LINE SIZE OWNER DEPTH LINE DNU
842 UNDERGROUND TRAFFIC LOOP DETECTOR LINE SIZE OWNER DEPTH LINE DNU
843 - 844 UNDERGROUND TRAFFIC FIBER OPTIC SIZE OWNER DEPTH LINE DNU
845 - 846 ABOVEGROUND TRAFFIC FIBER OPTIC SIZE OWNER LINE DNU
847 DYNAMIC MESSAGE SIGN MATRL LINE DNU
848 DYNAMIC MESSAGE SIGN SUPPORT SIZE MATRL POINT DNU
849 MISCELLANEOUS TRAFFIC POLE SIZE MATRL USE POINT DNU
850 TRAFFIC SIGNAL STANDARD DIA MATRL POINT DNU
851 CABLE SUSPENDED TRAFFIC SIGNAL POLE DIA MATRL POINT DNU
852 CANTILEVERED TRAFFIC SIGNAL POLE DIA MATRL POINT DNU
853 TRAFFIC SIGNAL DEADMAN POINT DNU
854 TRAFFIC SIGNAL POWER VAULT SIZE MATRL POINT DNU
855 TRAFFIC SIGNAL CONTROL BOX SIZE POINT DNU
856 TRAFFIC COUNTER POINT DNU
857 TRAFFIC SIGN INFO POINT DNU
858 FEDERAL AID MARKER NUMBER POINT DNU
859 PARKING METER POINT DNU
860 LIGHT STANDARD DIA MATRL POINT DNU
861 LIGHT STANDARD POWER VAULT SIZE MATRL POINT DNU
862 TRAFFIC CAMERA POLE DIA MATRL POINT DNU
863 TRAFFIC CAMERA CONTROL BOX SIZE POINT DNU
864 TRAFFIC PULL BOX SIZE MATRL POINT DNU
865 OVERHEAD SIGN TRUSS MATRL LINE DNU
866 OVERHEAD SIGN TRUSS SUPPORT DIA MATRL POINT DNU
867 - 868 UNDERGROUND TRAFFIC CAMERA LINE 1 - 2 OWNER DEPTH LINE DNU
869 ABOVEGROUND TRAFFIC CAMERA LINE OWNER LINE DNU

TELEPHONE UTILITY

870 - 877 UNDERGROUND TELEPHONE LINE 1 - 8 OWNER SIZE DEPTH LINE DNU
880 - 883 ABOVEGROUND TELEPHONE LINE 1 - 4 OWNER SIZE LINE DNU
885 - 886 UNDERGROUND TELEPHONE LINE CASING 1 - 2 DEPTH DIA MATRL OWNER LINE DNU
887 - 888 ABOVEGROUND TELEPHONE LINE CASING 1 - 2 DIA MATRL OWNER LINE DNU
890 - 891 UNDERGROUND TELE SINGLE SERVICE 1 - 2 LINE DNU
895 - 896 ABOVEGROUND TELE SINGLE SERVICE 1 - 2 LINE DNU
900 TELEPHONE BOOTH POINT DNU
901 TELEPHONE CROSS CONNECT BOX SIZE POINT DNU
902 TELEPHONE PEDESTAL POINT DNU
903 TELEPHONE MANHOLE TOP SIZE MATRL POINT DNU
904 TELEPHONE MANHOLE BOTTOM INVERT SHOT POINT DNU
905 TELEPHONE POLE DIA MATRL OWNER LIGHT POINT DNU
906 TELEPHONE POLE DEADMAN POINT DNU
907 TELEPHONE PRESSURE BOX POINT DNU
908 TELEPHONE UTILITY MARKER OWNER INFO POINT DNU
909 TELEPHONE TEST HOLE OWNER DEPTH SIZE NO.LINE INFO POINT DNU
910 - 917 MULTIPLE UNDERGROUND TELEPHONE LINES 1 - 8 OWNER SIZE DEPTH NO.LINE CONDUIT LINE DNU
920 - 923 MULTIPLE ABOVEGROUND TELEPHONE LINES 1 - 4 OWNER SIZE NO.LINE LINE DNU
930 - 937 UNDERGROUND TELEPHONE FIBER OPTIC LINE 1 - 8 OWNER SIZE DEPTH LINE DNU
938 - 939 MULTIPLE UNDERGROUND TELE FIBER OPTIC 1 - 2 OWNER SIZE DEPTH NO.LINE LINE DNU
940 - 943 ABOVEGROUND TELEPHONE FIBER OPTIC LINE 1 - 4 OWNER SIZE LINE DNU
944 - 945 MULTIPLE ABOVEGROUND TELE FIBER OPTIC 1 - 2 OWNER SIZE NO.LINE LINE DNU

11
WATER UTILITY

950 - 957 UNDERGROUND WATER LINE 1 - 8 DIA MATRL OWNER DEPTH LINE DNU
960 - 963 ABOVEGROUND WATER LINE 1 - 4 DIA MATRL OWNER LINE DNU
965 - 966 UNDERGROUND WATER SINGLE SERVICE 1 - 2 LINE DNU
970 - 971 ABOVEGROUND WATER SINGLE SERVICE 1 - 2 LINE DNU
975 WATER VALVE POINT DNU
976 WATER METER POINT DNU
977 FIRE HYDRANT POINT DNU
978 WATER VALVE VAULT SIZE MATRL POINT DNU
979 WATER TOWER (CLOSED) MATRL NO.LEGS OWNER LINE DNU
980 WATER CLEANOUT POINT DNU
981 WATER WELL OWNER DIA DEPTH POINT DNU
982 WATER UTILITY MARKER OWNER INFO POINT DNU
983 WATER TEST HOLE OWNER DEPTH DIA MATRL INFO POINT DNU
990 - 993 UNDERGROUND WATER LINE CASING 1 - 4 DIA MATRL OWNER DEPTH LINE DNU
995 - 998 ABOVEGROUND WATER LINE CASING 1 - 4 DIA MATRL OWNER LINE DNU

MISCELLANEOUS

1000 MULTIPOLE BILLBOARD CENTERLINE NO.LEGS SIZE MATRL LINE DNU

1001 MONOPOLE BILLBOARD CENTERLINE MATRL LINE DNU
1002 MONOPOLE BILLBOARD SUPPORT POLE DIA MATRL POINT DNU
1005 SIGN MATRL ELEC LINE DNU
1006 SIGN POLE SIZE MATRL POINT DNU
1007 MISC. POLE SIZE MATRL POINT DNU
1010 MAILBOX BANK NO.BOX MATRL LINE DNU
1011 MAILBOX POINT DNU
1015 GRAVE POINT DNU
1016 CEMETERY LINE DNU
1020 PLACE TEXT TEXT POINT DNU
1025 ABOVEGROUND STORAGE TANK (POINT) PRODUCT DIA MATRL CAPACITY POINT DNU
1026 ABOVEGROUND STORAGE TANK (CLOSED) PRODUCT MATRL CAPACITY LINE DNU
1030 STORAGE TANK VENT POINT DNU
1035 UNDERGROUND STORAGE TANK (POINT) PRODUCT DIA MATRL DEPTH CAPACITY POINT DNU
1036 UNDERGROUND STORAGE TANK (CLOSED) PRODUCT MATRL DEPTH CAPACITY LINE DNU
1040 FUEL PUMP POINT DNU
1041 MONITORING WELL OWNER DIA DEPTH POINT DNU
1042 SILO DIA MATRL POINT DNU
1043 MISCELLANEOUS TOWER (CLOSED) TYPE MATRL NO.LEGS OWNER LINE DNU
1044 FLAG POLE DIA MATRL POINT DNU
1045 GENERAL / PRIVATE LIGHT TYPE SIZE MATRL POINT DNU
1046 MISCELLANEOUS TOWER (POINT) MATRL OWNER TYPE POINT DNU
1047 MISCELLANEOUS TOWER GUY ANCHOR MATRL NO.CABLE POINT DNU
1050 MECHANICAL (POINT) INFO POINT DNU
1051 MECHANICAL (CLOSED) INFO LINE DNU
1055 OVERHEAD STRUCTURE (POINT) INFO 1 INFO 2 POINT DNU
1056 OVERHEAD STRUCTURE (LINE) INFO 1 INFO 2 LINE DNU
1057 OVERHEAD STRUCTURE SUPPORT (POINT) INFO 1 INFO 2 POINT DNU
1058 OVERHEAD STRUCTURE SUPPORT (LINE) INFO 1 INFO 2 LINE DNU

UNLISTED POINT

1100 POINT 0 INFO POINT DNU

1101 POINT 1 INFO POINT DNU
1102 POINT 2 THE FIELD SURVEYOR MUST INFO POINT DNU
1103 POINT 3 DEFINE EACH NEW FEATURE INFO POINT DNU
1104 POINT 4 WHEN PROMPTED FOR INFO INFO POINT DNU
1105 POINT 5 FOLLOWING THE OBSERVATION INFO POINT DNU
1106 POINT 6 TO THE NEW FEATURE INFO POINT DNU
1107 POINT 7 INFO POINT DNU
1108 POINT 8 INFO POINT DNU
1109 POINT 9 INFO POINT DNU
1110 POINT 10 INFO POINT DNU

UNLISTED LINE

1150 LINE 0 INFO LINE DNU

1151 LINE 1 INFO LINE DNU
1152 LINE 2 THE FIELD SURVEYOR MUST INFO LINE DNU
1153 LINE 3 DEFINE EACH NEW FEATURE INFO LINE DNU
1154 LINE 4 WHEN PROMPTED FOR INFO INFO LINE DNU
1155 LINE 5 FOLLOWING THE OBSERVATION INFO LINE DNU
1156 LINE 6 TO THE NEW FEATURE INFO LINE DNU
1157 LINE 7 INFO LINE DNU
1158 LINE 8 INFO LINE DNU
1159 LINE 9 INFO LINE DNU
1160 LINE 10 INFO LINE DNU

12
ROUND PIPE CULVERT INVERT 1 - 6 (SIZED)

2000 - 2005 8" ROUND PIPE CULVERT INVERT 1 - 6 MATRL LINE SUB
2010 - 2015 10" ROUND PIPE CULVERT INVERT 1 - 6 MATRL LINE SUB
2020 - 2025 12" ROUND PIPE CULVERT INVERT 1 - 6 MATRL LINE SUB
2030 - 2035 15" ROUND PIPE CULVERT INVERT 1 - 6 MATRL LINE SUB
2040 - 2045 18" ROUND PIPE CULVERT INVERT 1 - 6 MATRL LINE SUB
2050 - 2055 21" ROUND PIPE CULVERT INVERT 1 - 6 MATRL LINE SUB
2060 - 2065 24" ROUND PIPE CULVERT INVERT 1 - 6 MATRL LINE SUB
2070 - 2075 27" ROUND PIPE CULVERT INVERT 1 - 6 MATRL LINE SUB
2080 - 2085 30" ROUND PIPE CULVERT INVERT 1 - 6 MATRL LINE SUB
2090 - 2095 33" ROUND PIPE CULVERT INVERT 1 - 6 MATRL LINE SUB
2100 - 2105 36" ROUND PIPE CULVERT INVERT 1 - 6 MATRL LINE SUB
2110 - 2115 42" ROUND PIPE CULVERT INVERT 1 - 6 MATRL LINE SUB
2120 - 2125 48" ROUND PIPE CULVERT INVERT 1 - 6 MATRL LINE SUB
2130 - 2135 54" ROUND PIPE CULVERT INVERT 1 - 6 MATRL LINE SUB
2140 - 2145 60" ROUND PIPE CULVERT INVERT 1 -6 MATRL LINE SUB
2150 - 2155 66" ROUND PIPE CULVERT INVERT 1 - 6 MATRL LINE SUB
2160 - 2165 72" ROUND PIPE CULVERT INVERT 1 - 6 MATRL LINE SUB
2170 - 2175 78" ROUND PIPE CULVERT INVERT 1 - 6 MATRL LINE SUB
2180 - 2185 84" ROUND PIPE CULVERT INVERT 1 - 6 MATRL LINE SUB
2190 - 2195 90" ROUND PIPE CULVERT INVERT 1 - 6 MATRL LINE SUB
2200 - 2205 96" ROUND PIPE CULVERT INVERT 1 - 6 MATRL LINE SUB
2210 - 2215 102" ROUND PIPE CULVERT INVERT 1 - 6 MATRL LINE SUB
2220 - 2225 108" ROUND PIPE CULVERT INVERT 1 - 6 MATRL LINE SUB
2230 - 2235 114" ROUND PIPE CULVERT INVERT 1 - 6 MATRL LINE SUB
2240 - 2245 120" ROUND PIPE CULVERT INVERT 1 - 6 MATRL LINE SUB
2250 - 2255 126" ROUND PIPE CULVERT INVERT 1 - 6 MATRL LINE SUB
2260 - 2265 132" ROUND PIPE CULVERT INVERT 1 - 6 MATRL LINE SUB
2270 - 2275 138" ROUND PIPE CULVERT INVERT 1 - 6 MATRL LINE SUB
2280 - 2285 144" ROUND PIPE CULVERT INVERT 1 - 6 MATRL LINE SUB

ROUND PIPE CROSSDRAIN INVERT 1 - 4 (SIZED)

2300 - 2303 8" ROUND PIPE CROSSDRAIN INVERT 1 - 4 MATRL LINE SUB
2310 - 2313 10" ROUND PIPE CROSSDRAIN INVERT 1 - 4 MATRL LINE SUB
2320 - 2323 12" ROUND PIPE CROSSDRAIN INVERT 1 - 4 MATRL LINE SUB
2330 - 2333 15" ROUND PIPE CROSSDRAIN INVERT 1 - 4 MATRL LINE SUB
2340 - 2343 18" ROUND PIPE CROSSDRAIN INVERT 1 - 4 MATRL LINE SUB
2350 - 2353 21" ROUND PIPE CROSSDRAIN INVERT 1 - 4 MATRL LINE SUB
2360 - 2363 24" ROUND PIPE CROSSDRAIN INVERT 1 - 4 MATRL LINE SUB
2370 - 2373 27" ROUND PIPE CROSSDRAIN INVERT 1 - 4 MATRL LINE SUB
2380 - 2383 30" ROUND PIPE CROSSDRAIN INVERT 1 - 4 MATRL LINE SUB
2390 - 2393 33" ROUND PIPE CROSSDRAIN INVERT 1 - 4 MATRL LINE SUB
2400 - 2403 36" ROUND PIPE CROSSDRAIN INVERT 1 - 4 MATRL LINE SUB
2410 - 2413 42" ROUND PIPE CROSSDRAIN INVERT 1 - 4 MATRL LINE SUB
2420 - 2423 48" ROUND PIPE CROSSDRAIN INVERT 1 - 4 MATRL LINE SUB
2430 - 2433 54" ROUND PIPE CROSSDRAIN INVERT 1 - 4 MATRL LINE SUB
2440 - 2443 60" ROUND PIPE CROSSDRAIN INVERT 1 - 4 MATRL LINE SUB
2450 - 2453 66" ROUND PIPE CROSSDRAIN INVERT 1 - 4 MATRL LINE SUB
2460 - 2463 72" ROUND PIPE CROSSDRAIN INVERT 1 - 4 MATRL LINE SUB
2470 - 2473 78" ROUND PIPE CROSSDRAIN INVERT 1 - 4 MATRL LINE SUB
2480 - 2483 84" ROUND PIPE CROSSDRAIN INVERT 1 - 4 MATRL LINE SUB
2490 - 2493 90" ROUND PIPE CROSSDRAIN INVERT 1 - 4 MATRL LINE SUB
2500 - 2503 96" ROUND PIPE CROSSDRAIN INVERT 1 - 4 MATRL LINE SUB
2510 - 2513 102" ROUND PIPE CROSSDRAIN INVERT 1 - 4 MATRL LINE SUB
2520 - 2523 108" ROUND PIPE CROSSDRAIN INVERT 1 - 4 MATRL LINE SUB
2530 - 2533 114" ROUND PIPE CROSSDRAIN INVERT 1 - 4 MATRL LINE SUB
2540 - 2543 120" ROUND PIPE CROSSDRAIN INVERT 1 - 4 MATRL LINE SUB
2550 - 2553 126" ROUND PIPE CROSSDRAIN INVERT 1 - 4 MATRL LINE SUB
2560 - 2563 132" ROUND PIPE CROSSDRAIN INVERT 1 - 4 MATRL LINE SUB
2570 - 2573 138" ROUND PIPE CROSSDRAIN INVERT 1 - 4 MATRL LINE SUB
2580 - 2583 144" ROUND PIPE CROSSDRAIN INVERT 1 - 4 MATRL LINE SUB

13
ARCH PIPE CULVERT INVERT 1 - 6 (SIZED HEIGHT X WIDTH)

2600 - 2605 11" X 18" ARCH PIPE CULVERT INVERT 1 - 6 MATRL LINE SUB
2610 - 2615 13" X 17" ARCH PIPE CULVERT INVERT 1 - 6 MATRL LINE SUB
2620 - 2625 14" X 22" ARCH PIPE CULVERT INVERT 1 - 6 MATRL LINE SUB
2630 - 2635 15" X 21" ARCH PIPE CULVERT INVERT 1 - 6 MATRL LINE SUB
2640 - 2645 16" X 26" ARCH PIPE CULVERT INVERT 1 - 6 MATRL LINE SUB
2650 - 2655 18" X 24" ARCH PIPE CULVERT INVERT 1 - 6 MATRL LINE SUB
2660 - 2665 18" X 29" ARCH PIPE CULVERT INVERT 1 - 6 MATRL LINE SUB
2670 - 2675 20" X 28" ARCH PIPE CULVERT INVERT 1 - 6 MATRL LINE SUB
2680 - 2685 23" X 36" ARCH PIPE CULVERT INVERT 1 - 6 MATRL LINE SUB
2690 - 2695 24" X 35" ARCH PIPE CULVERT INVERT 1 - 6 MATRL LINE SUB
2700 - 2705 27" X 44" ARCH PIPE CULVERT INVERT 1 - 6 MATRL LINE SUB
2710 - 2715 29" X 42" ARCH PIPE CULVERT INVERT 1 - 6 MATRL LINE SUB
2720 - 2725 31" X 40" ARCH PIPE CULVERT INVERT 1 - 6 MATRL LINE SUB
2730 - 2735 31" X 51" ARCH PIPE CULVERT INVERT 1 - 6 MATRL LINE SUB
2740 - 2745 33" X 49" ARCH PIPE CULVERT INVERT 1 - 6 MATRL LINE SUB
2750 - 2755 36" X 46" ARCH PIPE CULVERT INVERT 1 - 6 MATRL LINE SUB
2760 - 2765 36" X 59" ARCH PIPE CULVERT INVERT 1 - 6 MATRL LINE SUB
2770 - 2775 38" X 57" ARCH PIPE CULVERT INVERT 1 - 6 MATRL LINE SUB
2780 - 2785 40" X 65" ARCH PIPE CULVERT INVERT 1 - 6 MATRL LINE SUB
2790 - 2795 41" X 53" ARCH PIPE CULVERT INVERT 1 - 6 MATRL LINE SUB
2800 - 2805 43" X 64" ARCH PIPE CULVERT INVERT 1 - 6 MATRL LINE SUB
2810 - 2815 45" X 73" ARCH PIPE CULVERT INVERT 1 - 6 MATRL LINE SUB
2820 - 2825 46" X 60" ARCH PIPE CULVERT INVERT 1 - 6 MATRL LINE SUB
2830 - 2835 47" X 71" ARCH PIPE CULVERT INVERT 1 - 6 MATRL LINE SUB
2840 - 2845 51" X 66" ARCH PIPE CULVERT INVERT 1 - 6 MATRL LINE SUB
2850 - 2855 52" X 77" ARCH PIPE CULVERT INVERT 1 - 6 MATRL LINE SUB
2860 - 2865 54" X 88" ARCH PIPE CULVERT INVERT 1 - 6 MATRL LINE SUB
2870 - 2875 55" X 73" ARCH PIPE CULVERT INVERT 1 - 6 MATRL LINE SUB
2880 - 2885 57" X 83" ARCH PIPE CULVERT INVERT 1 - 6 MATRL LINE SUB
2890 - 2895 59" X 81" ARCH PIPE CULVERT INVERT 1 - 6 MATRL LINE SUB
2900 - 2905 62" X 102" ARCH PIPE CULVERT INVERT 1 - 6 MATRL LINE SUB
2910 - 2915 63" X 87" ARCH PIPE CULVERT INVERT 1 - 6 MATRL LINE SUB
2920 - 2925 67" X 95" ARCH PIPE CULVERT INVERT 1 - 6 MATRL LINE SUB
2930 - 2935 71" X 103" ARCH PIPE CULVERT INVERT 1 - 6 MATRL LINE SUB
2940 - 2945 72" X 115" ARCH PIPE CULVERT INVERT 1 - 6 MATRL LINE SUB
2950 - 2955 75" X 112" ARCH PIPE CULVERT INVERT 1 - 6 MATRL LINE SUB
2960 - 2965 77" X 122" ARCH PIPE CULVERT INVERT 1 - 6 MATRL LINE SUB
2970 - 2975 79" X 117" ARCH PIPE CULVERT INVERT 1 - 6 MATRL LINE SUB
2980 - 2985 83" X 128" ARCH PIPE CULVERT INVERT 1 - 6 MATRL LINE SUB
2990 - 2995 87" X 137" ARCH PIPE CULVERT INVERT 1 - 6 MATRL LINE SUB
3000 - 3005 87" X 138" ARCH PIPE CULVERT INVERT 1 - 6 MATRL LINE SUB
3010 - 3015 91" X 142" ARCH PIPE CULVERT INVERT 1 - 6 MATRL LINE SUB
3020 - 3025 97" X 154" ARCH PIPE CULVERT INVERT 1 - 6 MATRL LINE SUB
3030 - 3035 107" X 169" ARCH PIPE CULVERT INVERT 1 - 6 MATRL LINE SUB

14
ARCH PIPE CROSSDRAIN INVERT 1 - 4 (SIZED HEIGHT X WIDTH)

3040 - 3043 11" X 18" ARCH PIPE CROSSDRAIN INVERT 1 - 4 MATRL LINE SUB
3045 - 3048 13" X 17" ARCH PIPE CROSSDRAIN INVERT 1 - 4 MATRL LINE SUB
3050 - 3053 14" X 22" ARCH PIPE CROSSDRAIN INVERT 1 - 4 MATRL LINE SUB
3055 - 3058 15" X 21" ARCH PIPE CROSSDRAIN INVERT 1 - 4 MATRL LINE SUB
3060 - 3063 16" X 26" ARCH PIPE CROSSDRAIN INVERT 1 - 4 MATRL LINE SUB
3065 - 3068 18" X 24" ARCH PIPE CROSSDRAIN INVERT 1 - 4 MATRL LINE SUB
3070 - 3073 18" X 29" ARCH PIPE CROSSDRAIN INVERT 1 - 4 MATRL LINE SUB
3075 - 3078 20" X 28" ARCH PIPE CROSSDRAIN INVERT 1 - 4 MATRL LINE SUB
3080 - 3083 23" X 36" ARCH PIPE CROSSDRAIN INVERT 1 - 4 MATRL LINE SUB
3085 - 3088 24" X 35" ARCH PIPE CROSSDRAIN INVERT 1 - 4 MATRL LINE SUB
3090 - 3093 27" X 44" ARCH PIPE CROSSDRAIN INVERT 1 - 4 MATRL LINE SUB
3095 - 3098 29" X 42" ARCH PIPE CROSSDRAIN INVERT 1 - 4 MATRL LINE SUB
3100 - 3103 31" X 40" ARCH PIPE CROSSDRAIN INVERT 1 - 4 MATRL LINE SUB
3105 - 3108 31" X 51" ARCH PIPE CROSSDRAIN INVERT 1 - 4 MATRL LINE SUB
3110 - 3113 33" X 49" ARCH PIPE CROSSDRAIN INVERT 1 - 4 MATRL LINE SUB
3115 - 3118 36" X 46" ARCH PIPE CROSSDRAIN INVERT 1 - 4 MATRL LINE SUB
3120 - 3123 36" X 59" ARCH PIPE CROSSDRAIN INVERT 1 - 4 MATRL LINE SUB
3125 - 3128 38" X 57" ARCH PIPE CROSSDRAIN INVERT 1 - 4 MATRL LINE SUB
3130 - 3133 40" X 65" ARCH PIPE CROSSDRAIN INVERT 1 - 4 MATRL LINE SUB
3135 - 3138 41" X 53" ARCH PIPE CROSSDRAIN INVERT 1 - 4 MATRL LINE SUB
3140 - 3143 43" X 64" ARCH PIPE CROSSDRAIN INVERT 1 - 4 MATRL LINE SUB
3145 - 3148 45" X 73" ARCH PIPE CROSSDRAIN INVERT 1 - 4 MATRL LINE SUB
3150 - 3153 46" X 60" ARCH PIPE CROSSDRAIN INVERT 1 - 4 MATRL LINE SUB
3155 - 3158 47" X 71" ARCH PIPE CROSSDRAIN INVERT 1 - 4 MATRL LINE SUB
3160 - 3163 51" X 66" ARCH PIPE CROSSDRAIN INVERT 1 - 4 MATRL LINE SUB
3165 - 3168 52" X 77" ARCH PIPE CROSSDRAIN INVERT 1 - 4 MATRL LINE SUB
3170 - 3173 54" X 88" ARCH PIPE CROSSDRAIN INVERT 1 - 4 MATRL LINE SUB
3175 - 3178 55" X 73" ARCH PIPE CROSSDRAIN INVERT 1 - 4 MATRL LINE SUB
3180 - 3183 57" X 83" ARCH PIPE CROSSDRAIN INVERT 1 - 4 MATRL LINE SUB
3185 - 3188 59" X 81" ARCH PIPE CROSSDRAIN INVERT 1 - 4 MATRL LINE SUB
3190 - 3193 62" X 102" ARCH PIPE CROSSDRAIN INVERT 1 - 4 MATRL LINE SUB
3195 - 3198 63" X 87" ARCH PIPE CROSSDRAIN INVERT 1 - 4 MATRL LINE SUB
3200 - 3203 67" X 95" ARCH PIPE CROSSDRAIN INVERT 1 - 4 MATRL LINE SUB
3205 - 3208 71" X 103" ARCH PIPE CROSSDRAIN INVERT 1 - 4 MATRL LINE SUB
3210 - 3213 72" X 115" ARCH PIPE CROSSDRAIN INVERT 1 - 4 MATRL LINE SUB
3215 - 3218 75" X 112" ARCH PIPE CROSSDRAIN INVERT 1 - 4 MATRL LINE SUB
3220 - 3223 77" X 122" ARCH PIPE CROSSDRAIN INVERT 1 - 4 MATRL LINE SUB
3225 - 3228 79" X 117" ARCH PIPE CROSSDRAIN INVERT 1 - 4 MATRL LINE SUB
3230 - 3233 83" X 128" ARCH PIPE CROSSDRAIN INVERT 1 - 4 MATRL LINE SUB
3235 - 3238 87" X 137" ARCH PIPE CROSSDRAIN INVERT 1 - 4 MATRL LINE SUB
3240 - 3243 87" X 138" ARCH PIPE CROSSDRAIN INVERT 1 - 4 MATRL LINE SUB
3245 - 3248 91" X 142" ARCH PIPE CROSSDRAIN INVERT 1 - 4 MATRL LINE SUB
3250 - 3253 97" X 154" ARCH PIPE CROSSDRAIN INVERT 1 - 4 MATRL LINE SUB
3255 - 3258 107" X 169" ARCH PIPE CROSSDRAIN INVERT 1 - 4 MATRL LINE SUB

15
BOX CULVERT INVERT CENTERLINE (SIZED HEIGHT X WIDTH)

5000 - 5003 2' X 3' BOX CULVERT INVERT 1 - 4 MATRL LINE SUB
5010 - 5013 3' X 3' BOX CULVERT INVERT 1 - 4 MATRL LINE SUB
5020 - 5023 2' X 4' BOX CULVERT INVERT 1 - 4 MATRL LINE SUB
5030 - 5033 3' X 4' BOX CULVERT INVERT 1 - 4 MATRL LINE SUB
5040 - 5043 4' X 4' BOX CULVERT INVERT 1 - 4 MATRL LINE SUB
5050 - 5053 3' X 5' BOX CULVERT INVERT 1 - 4 MATRL LINE SUB
5060 - 5063 4' X 5' BOX CULVERT INVERT 1 - 4 MATRL LINE SUB
5070 - 5073 5' X 5' BOX CULVERT INVERT 1 - 4 MATRL LINE SUB
5080 - 5083 3' X 6' BOX CULVERT INVERT 1 - 4 MATRL LINE SUB
5090 - 5093 4' X 6' BOX CULVERT INVERT 1 - 4 MATRL LINE SUB
5100 - 5103 5' X 6' BOX CULVERT INVERT 1 - 4 MATRL LINE SUB
5110 - 5113 6' X 6' BOX CULVERT INVERT 1 - 4 MATRL LINE SUB
5120 - 5123 4' X 7' BOX CULVERT INVERT 1 - 4 MATRL LINE SUB
5130 - 5133 5' X 7' BOX CULVERT INVERT 1 - 4 MATRL LINE SUB
5140 - 5143 6' X 7' BOX CULVERT INVERT 1 - 4 MATRL LINE SUB
5150 - 5153 7' X 7' BOX CULVERT INVERT 1 - 4 MATRL LINE SUB
5160 - 5163 4' X 8' BOX CULVERT INVERT 1 - 4 MATRL LINE SUB
5170 - 5173 5' X 8' BOX CULVERT INVERT 1 - 4 MATRL LINE SUB
5180 - 5183 6' X 8' BOX CULVERT INVERT 1 - 4 MATRL LINE SUB
5190 - 5193 7' X 8' BOX CULVERT INVERT 1 - 4 MATRL LINE SUB
5200 - 5203 8' X 8' BOX CULVERT INVERT 1 - 4 MATRL LINE SUB

BOX CROSSDRAIN INVERT CENTERLINE (SIZED HEIGHT X WIDTH)

5300 - 5303 2' X 3' BOX CROSSDRAIN INVERT 1 - 4 MATRL LINE SUB
5310 - 5313 3' X 3' BOX CROSSDRAIN INVERT 1 - 4 MATRL LINE SUB
5320 - 5323 2' X 4' BOX CROSSDRAIN INVERT 1 - 4 MATRL LINE SUB
5330 - 5333 3' X 4' BOX CROSSDRAIN INVERT 1 - 4 MATRL LINE SUB
5340 - 5343 4' X 4' BOX CROSSDRAIN INVERT 1 - 4 MATRL LINE SUB
5350 - 5353 3' X 5' BOX CROSSDRAIN INVERT 1 - 4 MATRL LINE SUB
5360 - 5363 4' X 5' BOX CROSSDRAIN INVERT 1 - 4 MATRL LINE SUB
5370 - 5373 5' X 5' BOX CROSSDRAIN INVERT 1 - 4 MATRL LINE SUB
5380 - 5383 3' X 6' BOX CROSSDRAIN INVERT 1 - 4 MATRL LINE SUB
5390 - 5393 4' X 6' BOX CROSSDRAIN INVERT 1 - 4 MATRL LINE SUB
5400 - 5403 5' X 6' BOX CROSSDRAIN INVERT 1 - 4 MATRL LINE SUB
5410 - 5413 6' X 6' BOX CROSSDRAIN INVERT 1 - 4 MATRL LINE SUB
5420 - 5423 4' X 7' BOX CROSSDRAIN INVERT 1 - 4 MATRL LINE SUB
5430 - 5433 5' X 7' BOX CROSSDRAIN INVERT 1 - 4 MATRL LINE SUB
5440 - 5443 6' X 7' BOX CROSSDRAIN INVERT 1 - 4 MATRL LINE SUB
5450 - 5453 7' X 7' BOX CROSSDRAIN INVERT 1 - 4 MATRL LINE SUB
5460 - 5463 4' X 8' BOX CROSSDRAIN INVERT 1 - 4 MATRL LINE SUB
5470 - 5473 5' X 8' BOX CROSSDRAIN INVERT 1 - 4 MATRL LINE SUB
5480 - 5483 6' X 8' BOX CROSSDRAIN INVERT 1 - 4 MATRL LINE SUB
5490 - 5493 7' X 8' BOX CROSSDRAIN INVERT 1 - 4 MATRL LINE SUB
5500 - 5503 8' X 8' BOX CROSSDRAIN INVERT 1 - 4 MATRL LINE SUB

16
ROUND SEWER LINE INVERT (SIZED)

8000 - 8003 4" ROUND SEWER LINE INVERT 1 - 4 MATRL OWNER LINE SUB
8010 - 8013 6" ROUND SEWER LINE INVERT 1 - 4 MATRL OWNER LINE SUB
8020 - 8023 8" ROUND SEWER LINE INVERT 1 - 4 MATRL OWNER LINE SUB
8030 - 8033 10" ROUND SEWER LINE INVERT 1 - 4 MATRL OWNER LINE SUB
8040 - 8043 12" ROUND SEWER LINE INVERT 1 - 4 MATRL OWNER LINE SUB
8050 - 8053 15" ROUND SEWER LINE INVERT 1 - 4 MATRL OWNER LINE SUB
8060 - 8063 18" ROUND SEWER LINE INVERT 1 - 4 MATRL OWNER LINE SUB
8070 - 8073 21" ROUND SEWER LINE INVERT 1 - 4 MATRL OWNER LINE SUB
8080 - 8083 24" ROUND SEWER LINE INVERT 1 - 4 MATRL OWNER LINE SUB
8090 - 8093 30" ROUND SEWER LINE INVERT 1 - 4 MATRL OWNER LINE SUB
8100 - 8103 36" ROUND SEWER LINE INVERT 1 - 4 MATRL OWNER LINE SUB
8110 - 8113 42" ROUND SEWER LINE INVERT 1 - 4 MATRL OWNER LINE SUB
8120 - 8123 48" ROUND SEWER LINE INVERT 1 - 4 MATRL OWNER LINE SUB
8130 - 8133 54" ROUND SEWER LINE INVERT 1 - 4 MATRL OWNER LINE SUB
8140 - 8143 60" ROUND SEWER LINE INVERT 1 - 4 MATRL OWNER LINE SUB
8150 - 8153 66" ROUND SEWER LINE INVERT 1 - 4 MATRL OWNER LINE SUB
8160 - 8163 72" ROUND SEWER LINE INVERT 1 - 4 MATRL OWNER LINE SUB
8170 - 8173 78" ROUND SEWER LINE INVERT 1 - 4 MATRL OWNER LINE SUB
8180 - 8183 84" ROUND SEWER LINE INVERT 1 - 4 MATRL OWNER LINE SUB
8190 - 8193 90" ROUND SEWER LINE INVERT 1 - 4 MATRL OWNER LINE SUB
8200 - 8203 96" ROUND SEWER LINE INVERT 1 - 4 MATRL OWNER LINE SUB
8210 - 8213 108" ROUND SEWER LINE INVERT 1 - 4 MATRL OWNER LINE SUB
8220 - 8223 114" ROUND SEWER LINE INVERT 1 - 4 MATRL OWNER LINE SUB
8230 - 8233 120" ROUND SEWER LINE INVERT 1 - 4 MATRL OWNER LINE SUB

17
 PART 2
FIELD GUIDE

18
 STATE OF LOUISIANA STATE OF LOUISIANA

DEPT. OF TRANSPORTATION AND DEVELOPMENT DEPT. OF TRANSPORTATION AND DEVELOPMENT

P. O. BOX 94245 P. O. BOX 94245

BATON ROUGE, LOUISIANA 70804-9245 BATON ROUGE, LOUISIANA 70804-9245

LOCATION AND SURVEY SECTION LOCATION AND SURVEY SECTION

SURVEY AUTOMATION SURVEY AUTOMATION

SURVEY FEATURE CODE SURVEY FEATURE CODE

FIELD GUIDE FIELD GUIDE

REVISED FEBRUARY 1, 2002 REVISED FEBRUARY 1, 2002

REVISED OCTOBER 1, 2005 REVISED OCTOBER 1, 2005

REVISED JANUARY 3, 2006 REVISED JANUARY 3, 2006

REVISED DECEMBER 1, 2008 REVISED DECEMBER 1, 2008

REVISED JANUARY 30, 2009 REVISED JANUARY 30, 2009

REVISED DECEMBER 1, 2010 REVISED DECEMBER 1, 2010

REVISED DECEMBER 01, 2011 REVISED DECEMBER 01, 2011

19
FEA. FEATURE ATT OBJECT DTM FEA. FEATURE ATT OBJECT DTM
NO. DESCRIPTION TYPE NO. DESCRIPTION TYPE

SURVEY CONTROL SURVEY CONTROL

* No attribute prompting by data collector * No attribute prompting by data collector
1* PRIMARY CONTROL POINT (KNOWN X,Y,Z) YES POINT DNU 1* PRIMARY CONTROL POINT (KNOWN X,Y,Z) YES POINT DNU
2* HORIZONTAL CONTROL POINT (KNOWN X,Y) YES POINT DNU 2* HORIZONTAL CONTROL POINT (KNOWN X,Y) YES POINT DNU
3 CONTROL BENCHMARK YES POINT DNU 3 CONTROL BENCHMARK YES POINT DNU
4 TEMPORARY BENCHMARK YES POINT DNU 4 TEMPORARY BENCHMARK YES POINT DNU
5* TRAVERSE POINT YES POINT DNU 5* TRAVERSE POINT YES POINT DNU
6* TOPO POINT YES POINT DNU 6* TOPO POINT YES POINT DNU
7 CONTROL POINT REFERENCE MARK YES POINT DNU 7 CONTROL POINT REFERENCE MARK YES POINT DNU
8 PHOTO TARGET YES POINT DNU 8 PHOTO TARGET YES POINT DNU
9 TRAVERSE CLOSING POINT YES POINT DNU 9 TRAVERSE CLOSING POINT YES POINT DNU
20 FIELD SURVEY POINT OF CURVATURE (PC) YES POINT DNU 20 FIELD SURVEY POINT OF CURVATURE (PC) YES POINT DNU
21 FIELD SURVEY POINT OF INTERSECTION (PI) YES POINT DNU 21 FIELD SURVEY POINT OF INTERSECTION (PI) YES POINT DNU
22 FIELD SURVEY POINT OF TANGENCY (PT) YES POINT DNU 22 FIELD SURVEY POINT OF TANGENCY (PT) YES POINT DNU
23 FIELD SURVEY POINT ON TANGENT (POT) YES POINT DNU 23 FIELD SURVEY POINT ON TANGENT (POT) YES POINT DNU
24 VERIFICATION OBSERVATION POINT YES POINT DNU 24 VERIFICATION OBSERVATION POINT YES POINT DNU
25-30 FIELD SURVEY ALIGNMENT 1 - 6 NO LINE DNU 25-30 FIELD SURVEY ALIGNMENT 1 - 6 NO LINE DNU

ROADWAY ROADWAY
47-54 CROWN OF ROAD 1 - 8 YES LINE BREAK 47-54 CROWN OF ROAD 1 - 8 YES LINE BREAK
55-69 PAVEMENT EDGE 1 - 15 YES LINE BREAK 55-69 PAVEMENT EDGE 1 - 15 YES LINE BREAK
70-79 SHOULDER EDGE 1 - 10 YES LINE BREAK 70-79 SHOULDER EDGE 1 - 10 YES LINE BREAK
80-89 SLOPE TOE 1 - 10 NO LINE BREAK 80-89 SLOPE TOE 1 - 10 NO LINE BREAK
90-92 CRASH WALL BASE 1-3 YES LINE BREAK 90-92 CRASH WALL BASE 1-3 YES LINE BREAK
93-95 CRASH WALL TOP 1-3 YES LINE BREAK 93-95 CRASH WALL TOP 1-3 YES LINE BREAK

CURB AND GUTTER CURB AND GUTTER

100-119 CURB 1 - 20 YES LINE BREAK 100-119 CURB 1 - 20 YES LINE BREAK
120-127 GUTTER 1 - 8 YES LINE BREAK 120-127 GUTTER 1 - 8 YES LINE BREAK

BRIDGE BRIDGE
130-133 CROWN OF BRIDGE DECK 1 - 4 YES LINE DNU 130-133 CROWN OF BRIDGE DECK 1 - 4 YES LINE DNU
134-139 BRIDGE DECK GUTTER LINE 1-6 YES LINE DNU 134-139 BRIDGE DECK GUTTER LINE 1-6 YES LINE DNU
140-147 BRIDGE DECK EDGE 1 - 8 YES LINE DNU 140-147 BRIDGE DECK EDGE 1 - 8 YES LINE DNU
148-149 BRIDGE DECK JOINT 1 - 2 YES LINE DNU 148-149 BRIDGE DECK JOINT 1 - 2 YES LINE DNU
150-159 BRIDGE CURB 1 - 10 YES LINE DNU 150-159 BRIDGE CURB 1 - 10 YES LINE DNU
160-167 BRIDGE RAIL 1 -8 YES LINE DNU 160-167 BRIDGE RAIL 1 -8 YES LINE DNU
168-169 TOP OF BRIDGE BENT CAP 1 - 2 YES LINE DNU 168-169 TOP OF BRIDGE BENT CAP 1 - 2 YES LINE DNU
170-173 BRIDGE HEADWALL TOP CENTERLINE 1 - 4 YES LINE BREAK 170-173 BRIDGE HEADWALL TOP CENTERLINE 1 - 4 YES LINE BREAK
175-178 BRIDGE WINGWALL TOP CENTERLINE 1 - 4 YES LINE BREAK 175-178 BRIDGE WINGWALL TOP CENTERLINE 1 - 4 YES LINE BREAK
180-183 GUARDRAIL CENTERLINE 1 - 4 YES LINE DNU 180-183 GUARDRAIL CENTERLINE 1 - 4 YES LINE DNU
184 BRIDGE PILE POINT SQUARE YES POINT DNU 184 BRIDGE PILE POINT SQUARE YES POINT DNU
185 BRIDGE PILE POINT ROUND YES POINT DNU 185 BRIDGE PILE POINT ROUND YES POINT DNU
186 BRIDGE PILE C (CLOSED) YES LINE DNU 186 BRIDGE PILE C (CLOSED) YES LINE DNU
187 BRIDGE PILE 1 (LINE) YES LINE DNU 187 BRIDGE PILE 1 (LINE) YES LINE DNU
189-194 BRIDGE PILE 2 - 7 (LINE) YES LINE DNU 189-194 BRIDGE PILE 2 - 7 (LINE) YES LINE DNU
188 BOTTOM OF STRINGER NO POINT DNU 188 BOTTOM OF STRINGER NO POINT DNU
195-199 BRIDGE FOOTING 1 - 5 YES LINE BREAK 195-199 BRIDGE FOOTING 1 - 5 YES LINE BREAK

WATER BODY WATER BODY

200-203 WATER BODY CENTERLINE 1 - 4 YES LINE BREAK 200-203 WATER BODY CENTERLINE 1 - 4 YES LINE BREAK
210-217 WATER BODY BANK 1 - 8 NO LINE BREAK 210-217 WATER BODY BANK 1 - 8 NO LINE BREAK
220-227 WATER'S EDGE 1 - 8 YES LINE BREAK 220-227 WATER'S EDGE 1 - 8 YES LINE BREAK
230-233 SWAMP LINE 1 - 4 NO LINE BREAK 230-233 SWAMP LINE 1 - 4 NO LINE BREAK
240-243 MARSH LINE 1 - 4 NO LINE BREAK 240-243 MARSH LINE 1 - 4 NO LINE BREAK
245 HIGH WATER MARK YES POINT DNU 245 HIGH WATER MARK YES POINT DNU
246 TOP OF WATER ELEVATION YES POINT DNU 246 TOP OF WATER ELEVATION YES POINT DNU

DRAINAGE STRUCTURE DRAINAGE STRUCTURE

250-255 PIPE CULVERT INVERT 1 - 6 YES LINE DNU 250-255 PIPE CULVERT INVERT 1 - 6 YES LINE DNU
260-263 PIPE CROSSDRAIN INVERT 1 - 4 YES LINE DNU 260-263 PIPE CROSSDRAIN INVERT 1 - 4 YES LINE DNU
265-268 BOX CULVERT INVERT (CLOSED) 1 - 4 YES LINE DNU 265-268 BOX CULVERT INVERT (CLOSED) 1 - 4 YES LINE DNU
270-273 BOX CROSSDRAIN INVERT (CLOSED) 1 - 4 YES LINE DNU 270-273 BOX CROSSDRAIN INVERT (CLOSED) 1 - 4 YES LINE DNU
275-278 DRAINAGE HEADWALL TOP CENTERLINE 1 - 4 YES LINE BREAK 275-278 DRAINAGE HEADWALL TOP CENTERLINE 1 - 4 YES LINE BREAK
280-283 DRAINAGE WINGWALL TOP CENTERLINE 1 - 4 YES LINE BREAK 280-283 DRAINAGE WINGWALL TOP CENTERLINE 1 - 4 YES LINE BREAK
285 CATCH BASIN TOP 1 (POINT) YES POINT REG 285 CATCH BASIN TOP 1 (POINT) YES POINT REG
286 CATCH BASIN TOP 2 (CLOSED) YES LINE BREAK 286 CATCH BASIN TOP 2 (CLOSED) YES LINE BREAK
290 DROP INLET TOP 1 (POINT) YES POINT REG 290 DROP INLET TOP 1 (POINT) YES POINT REG
291 DROP INLET TOP 2 (CLOSED) YES LINE BREAK 291 DROP INLET TOP 2 (CLOSED) YES LINE BREAK
295 DRAINAGE MANHOLE TOP YES POINT DNU 295 DRAINAGE MANHOLE TOP YES POINT DNU
296 DRAINAGE BOTTOM INVERT SHOT NO POINT DNU 296 DRAINAGE BOTTOM INVERT SHOT NO POINT DNU
297 DRAINAGE PIPE INVERT SHOT YES POINT DNU 297 DRAINAGE PIPE INVERT SHOT YES POINT DNU

20
DTM DTM
300-324 DTM BREAKLINE 1 - 25 NO LINE BREAK 300-324 DTM BREAKLINE 1 - 25 NO LINE BREAK
325 ELEVATION SHOT NO POINT REG 325 ELEVATION SHOT NO POINT REG
326 SCANNED ELEVATION SHOT NO POINT REG 326 SCANNED ELEVATION SHOT NO POINT REG
330 WATER BOTTOM SHOT NO POINT REG 330 WATER BOTTOM SHOT NO POINT REG
331 -334 WATER BOTTOM BREAKLINE 1 -4 NO LINE BREAK 331 -334 WATER BOTTOM BREAKLINE 1 -4 NO LINE BREAK

DITCH AND LEVEE DITCH AND LEVEE

335-339 FLOOD PROTECTION STRUCTURE YES LINE BREAK 335-339 FLOOD PROTECTION STRUCTURE YES LINE BREAK
340-347 DITCH TOP 1 - 8 NO LINE BREAK 340-347 DITCH TOP 1 - 8 NO LINE BREAK
350-357 DITCH TOE 1 - 8 YES LINE BREAK 350-357 DITCH TOE 1 - 8 YES LINE BREAK
360-367 DITCH CENTERLINE 1 - 8 YES LINE BREAK 360-367 DITCH CENTERLINE 1 - 8 YES LINE BREAK
370-377 DITCH BACKSLOPE 1 - 8 NO LINE BREAK 370-377 DITCH BACKSLOPE 1 - 8 NO LINE BREAK
380-387 LEVEE TOP 1 - 8 YES LINE BREAK 380-387 LEVEE TOP 1 - 8 YES LINE BREAK
390-397 LEVEE TOE 1 - 8 NO LINE BREAK 390-397 LEVEE TOE 1 - 8 NO LINE BREAK
398 -399 RIP RAP 1 - 2 YES LINE BREAK 398 -399 RIP RAP 1 - 2 YES LINE BREAK

TREES TREES
400-405 WOODS EDGE 1 - 6 YES LINE DNU 400-405 WOODS EDGE 1 - 6 YES LINE DNU
410-415 TREE LINE 1 - 6 YES LINE DNU 410-415 TREE LINE 1 - 6 YES LINE DNU
420-425 HEDGE 1 - 6 YES LINE DNU 420-425 HEDGE 1 - 6 YES LINE DNU
430-433 SHRUBBERY BED 1 - 4 YES LINE DNU 430-433 SHRUBBERY BED 1 - 4 YES LINE DNU
434 SHRUBBERY BOX (CLOSED) YES LINE DNU 434 SHRUBBERY BOX (CLOSED) YES LINE DNU
435 SHRUBBERY BOX (POINT) YES POINT DNU 435 SHRUBBERY BOX (POINT) YES POINT DNU
436 TREE YES POINT DNU 436 TREE YES POINT DNU
437 BUSH YES POINT DNU 437 BUSH YES POINT DNU
438 TREE CLUSTER YES POINT DNU 438 TREE CLUSTER YES POINT DNU

BUILDING IMPROVEMENTS BUILDING IMPROVEMENTS

440-449 BUILDING ON SLAB 1 - 10 YES LINE BREAK 440-449 BUILDING ON SLAB 1 - 10 YES LINE BREAK
450-459 BUILDING ON PIERS 1 - 10 YES LINE DNU 450-459 BUILDING ON PIERS 1 - 10 YES LINE DNU
460-465 DRIVEWAY 1 - 6 YES LINE BREAK 460-465 DRIVEWAY 1 - 6 YES LINE BREAK
469 FINISHED FLOOR ELEVATION YES POINT DNU 469 FINISHED FLOOR ELEVATION YES POINT DNU
470-475 SIDEWALK 1 - 6 YES LINE BREAK 470-475 SIDEWALK 1 - 6 YES LINE BREAK
480-485 PARKING LOT 1 - 6 YES LINE BREAK 480-485 PARKING LOT 1 - 6 YES LINE BREAK
490-495 SLAB 1 - 6 YES LINE BREAK 490-495 SLAB 1 - 6 YES LINE BREAK
500-503 STAIRS 1 - 4 YES LINE DNU 500-503 STAIRS 1 - 4 YES LINE DNU
505-508 STEPS 1 - 4 YES LINE BREAK 505-508 STEPS 1 - 4 YES LINE BREAK
510-513 PIER 1 - 4 YES LINE DNU 510-513 PIER 1 - 4 YES LINE DNU
515-518 RETAINING WALL TOP CENTERLINE 1 - 4 YES LINE BREAK 515-518 RETAINING WALL TOP CENTERLINE 1 - 4 YES LINE BREAK
520-521 PORCH ON SLAB 1 - 2 YES LINE BREAK 520-521 PORCH ON SLAB 1 - 2 YES LINE BREAK
522-523 PORCH ON PIERS 1 - 2 YES LINE DNU 522-523 PORCH ON PIERS 1 - 2 YES LINE DNU
525-526 ROOF OVERHANG 1 - 2 LINE DNU 525-526 ROOF OVERHANG 1 - 2 LINE DNU
530-531 BASE OF WALL 1 - 2 YES LINE BREAK 530-531 BASE OF WALL 1 - 2 YES LINE BREAK
535-536 CANOPY 1 - 2 YES LINE DNU 535-536 CANOPY 1 - 2 YES LINE DNU
537 CANOPY SUPPORT YES POINT DNU 537 CANOPY SUPPORT YES POINT DNU
540-541 BARRICADE 1 - 2 YES LINE DNU 540-541 BARRICADE 1 - 2 YES LINE DNU
544 BARRICADE POST YES POINT DNU 544 BARRICADE POST YES POINT DNU
545-549 FOOTING 1-5 YES LINE BREAK 545-549 FOOTING 1-5 YES LINE BREAK

FENCES FENCES
550-557 FENCE LINE 1 - 8 YES LINE DNU 550-557 FENCE LINE 1 - 8 YES LINE DNU
560-563 GATE 1 - 4 YES LINE DNU 560-563 GATE 1 - 4 YES LINE DNU
565-566 CATTLE GUARD TOP (CLOSED) 1 - 2 YES LINE DNU 565-566 CATTLE GUARD TOP (CLOSED) 1 - 2 YES LINE DNU
570 FENCE POST YES POINT DNU 570 FENCE POST YES POINT DNU

PROPERTY MONUMENTS PROPERTY MONUMENTS

580 PROPERTY CORNER YES POINT DNU 580 PROPERTY CORNER YES POINT DNU
581 RIGHT OF WAY MONUMENT YES POINT DNU 581 RIGHT OF WAY MONUMENT YES POINT DNU
582 SECTION CORNER YES POINT DNU 582 SECTION CORNER YES POINT DNU
583 FENCE CORNER AS PROPERTY CORNER YES POINT DNU 583 FENCE CORNER AS PROPERTY CORNER YES POINT DNU
584 CALCULATED RIGHT OF WAY CORNER YES POINT DNU
585 CALCULATED PROPERTY CORNER YES POINT DNU 585 CALCULATED PROPERTY CORNER YES POINT DNU
586 PREDICTED PROPERTY CORNER YES POINT DNU 586 PREDICTED PROPERTY CORNER YES POINT DNU
590-595 APPARENT PROPERTY LINE 1 - 6 YES LINE DNU 590-595 APPARENT PROPERTY LINE 1 - 6 YES LINE DNU

21
TELEVISION UTILITY TELEVISION UTILITY
600-607 UNDERGROUND TV CABLE 1 - 8 YES LINE DNU 600-607 UNDERGROUND TV CABLE 1 - 8 YES LINE DNU
608 - 609 MULTIPLE UNDERGROUND TV CABLE 1 - 2 YES LINE DNU 608 - 609 MULTIPLE UNDERGROUND TV CABLE 1 - 2 YES LINE DNU
610-613 ABOVEGROUND TV CABLE 1 - 4 YES LINE DNU 610-613 ABOVEGROUND TV CABLE 1 - 4 YES LINE DNU
614 - 615 MULTIPLE ABOVEGROUND TV CABLE 1 - 2 YES LINE DNU 614 - 615 MULTIPLE ABOVEGROUND TV CABLE 1 - 2 YES LINE DNU
620-621 UNDERGROUND TV SINGLE SERVICE 1 - 2 NO LINE DNU 620-621 UNDERGROUND TV SINGLE SERVICE 1 - 2 NO LINE DNU
625-626 ABOVEGROUND TV SINGLE SERVICE 1 - 2 NO LINE DNU 625-626 ABOVEGROUND TV SINGLE SERVICE 1 - 2 NO LINE DNU
630 TV PEDESTAL NO POINT DNU 630 TV PEDESTAL NO POINT DNU
631 TV MANHOLE TOP YES POINT DNU 631 TV MANHOLE TOP YES POINT DNU
632 TV MANHOLE BOTTOM INVERT SHOT NO POINT DNU 632 TV MANHOLE BOTTOM INVERT SHOT NO POINT DNU
633 TV UTILITY MARKER YES POINT DNU 633 TV UTILITY MARKER YES POINT DNU
634 TV TEST HOLE YES POINT DNU 634 TV TEST HOLE YES POINT DNU
635 - 638 UNDERGROUND TV FIBER OPTIC 1 - 4 YES LINE DNU 635 - 638 UNDERGROUND TV FIBER OPTIC 1 - 4 YES LINE DNU
640 - 643 ABOVEGROUND TV FIBER OPTIC 1 - 4 YES LINE DNU 640 - 643 ABOVEGROUND TV FIBER OPTIC 1 - 4 YES LINE DNU
645 - 646 MULTIPLE UNDERGROUND TV FIBER OPTIC 1 - 2 YES LINE DNU 645 - 646 MULTIPLE UNDERGROUND TV FIBER OPTIC 1 - 2 YES LINE DNU
648 - 649 MULTIPLE ABOVEGROUND TV FIBER OPTIC 1 - 2 YES LINE DNU 648 - 649 MULTIPLE ABOVEGROUND TV FIBER OPTIC 1 - 2 YES LINE DNU

ELECTRICITY UTILITY ELECTRICITY UTILITY

650 POWER POLE YES POINT DNU 650 POWER POLE YES POINT DNU
651 POWER POLE DEADMAN NO POINT DNU 651 POWER POLE DEADMAN NO POINT DNU
652 COMBINATION POLE YES POINT DNU 652 COMBINATION POLE YES POINT DNU
653 GUY POLE YES POINT DNU 653 GUY POLE YES POINT DNU
654 POWER JUNCTION BOX NO POINT DNU 654 POWER JUNCTION BOX NO POINT DNU
655 POWER VAULT YES POINT DNU 655 POWER VAULT YES POINT DNU
656 POWER TRANSFORMER YES POINT DNU 656 POWER TRANSFORMER YES POINT DNU
657 POWER TRANSMISSION TOWER YES CLOSED DNU 657 POWER TRANSMISSION TOWER YES CLOSED DNU
658 POWER DROP NO POINT DNU 658 POWER DROP NO POINT DNU
659 ELECTRIC UTILITY MARKER YES POINT DNU 659 ELECTRIC UTILITY MARKER YES POINT DNU
660-667 UNDERGROUND POWER LINE 1 - 8 YES LINE DNU 660-667 UNDERGROUND POWER LINE 1 - 8 YES LINE DNU
670-673 ABOVEGROUND POWER LINE 1 - 4 YES LINE DNU 670-673 ABOVEGROUND POWER LINE 1 - 4 YES LINE DNU
680-681 UNDERGROUND POWER SINGLE SERVICE 1 - 2 NO LINE DNU 680-681 UNDERGROUND POWER SINGLE SERVICE 1 - 2 NO LINE DNU
685-686 ABOVEGROUND POWER SINGLE SERVICE 1 - 2 NO LINE DNU 685-686 ABOVEGROUND POWER SINGLE SERVICE 1 - 2 NO LINE DNU
687 POWER TEST HOLE YES POINT DNU 687 POWER TEST HOLE YES POINT DNU

GAS UTILITY AND PIPELINE GAS UTILITY AND PIPELINE

700-707 UNDERGROUND GAS LINE 1 - 8 YES LINE DNU 700-707 UNDERGROUND GAS LINE 1 - 8 YES LINE DNU
710-713 ABOVEGROUND GAS LINE 1 - 4 YES LINE DNU 710-713 ABOVEGROUND GAS LINE 1 - 4 YES LINE DNU
715-716 UNDERGROUND GAS SINGLE SERVICE 1 - 2 NO LINE DNU 715-716 UNDERGROUND GAS SINGLE SERVICE 1 - 2 NO LINE DNU
718-719 ABOVEGROUND GAS SINGLE SERVICE 1 - 2 NO LINE DNU 718-719 ABOVEGROUND GAS SINGLE SERVICE 1 - 2 NO LINE DNU
720-723 UNDERGROUND GAS LINE CASING 1 - 4 YES LINE DNU 720-723 UNDERGROUND GAS LINE CASING 1 - 4 YES LINE DNU
725-728 ABOVEGROUND GAS LINE CASING 1 - 4 YES LINE DNU 725-728 ABOVEGROUND GAS LINE CASING 1 - 4 YES LINE DNU
730 GAS VALVE NO POINT DNU 730 GAS VALVE NO POINT DNU
731 GAS METER NO POINT DNU 731 GAS METER NO POINT DNU
732 GAS SERVICE (NO METER) NO POINT DNU 732 GAS SERVICE (NO METER) NO POINT DNU
733 GAS REGULATOR NO POINT DNU 733 GAS REGULATOR NO POINT DNU
734 GAS RISER NO POINT DNU 734 GAS RISER NO POINT DNU
735 GAS TEST BOX NO POINT DNU 735 GAS TEST BOX NO POINT DNU
736 GAS VENT NO POINT DNU 736 GAS VENT NO POINT DNU
737 GAS WELL YES POINT DNU 737 GAS WELL YES POINT DNU
738 OIL WELL YES POINT DNU 738 OIL WELL YES POINT DNU
739 GAS UTILITY MARKER YES POINT DNU 739 GAS UTILITY MARKER YES POINT DNU
740-745 UNDERGROUND PIPELINE 1 - 6 YES LINE DNU 740-745 UNDERGROUND PIPELINE 1 - 6 YES LINE DNU
750-753 ABOVEGROUND PIPELINE 1 - 4 YES LINE DNU 750-753 ABOVEGROUND PIPELINE 1 - 4 YES LINE DNU
760-763 UNDERGROUND PIPELINE CASING 1 - 4 YES LINE DNU 760-763 UNDERGROUND PIPELINE CASING 1 - 4 YES LINE DNU
765-768 ABOVEGROUND PIPELINE CASING 1 - 4 YES LINE DNU 765-768 ABOVEGROUND PIPELINE CASING 1 - 4 YES LINE DNU
770 PIPELINE VENT NO POINT DNU 770 PIPELINE VENT NO POINT DNU
771 PIPELINE REGULATOR NO POINT DNU 771 PIPELINE REGULATOR NO POINT DNU
772 PIPELINE UTILITY MARKER YES POINT DNU 772 PIPELINE UTILITY MARKER YES POINT DNU
773 GAS TEST HOLE YES POINT DNU 773 GAS TEST HOLE YES POINT DNU
774 PIPELINE TEST HOLE YES POINT DNU 774 PIPELINE TEST HOLE YES POINT DNU

RAILROAD RAILROAD
780-789 RAILROAD TRACK RAIL TOP 1 - 10 YES LINE DNU 780-789 RAILROAD TRACK RAIL TOP 1 - 10 YES LINE DNU
790 RAILROAD MILEPOST YES POINT DNU 790 RAILROAD MILEPOST YES POINT DNU
791 RAILROAD TRAFFIC SIGNAL NO POINT DNU 791 RAILROAD TRAFFIC SIGNAL NO POINT DNU
792 RAILROAD TRAFFIC SIGNAL CONTROL BOX YES POINT DNU 792 RAILROAD TRAFFIC SIGNAL CONTROL BOX YES POINT DNU
793 RAILROAD SWITCH NO POINT DNU 793 RAILROAD SWITCH NO POINT DNU
795-799 RAILROAD TRACK CENTERLINE 1 - 5 YES LINE BREAK 795-799 RAILROAD TRACK CENTERLINE 1 - 5 YES LINE BREAK

SEWER SEWER
800-807 SEWER LINE INVERT 1 - 8 YES LINE DNU 800-807 SEWER LINE INVERT 1 - 8 YES LINE DNU
810-815 SEWER FORCE MAIN TOP 1 - 6 YES LINE DNU 810-815 SEWER FORCE MAIN TOP 1 - 6 YES LINE DNU
820 SEWER MANHOLE TOP YES POINT DNU 820 SEWER MANHOLE TOP YES POINT DNU
821 SEWER MANHOLE BOTTOM INVERT SHOT NO POINT DNU 821 SEWER MANHOLE BOTTOM INVERT SHOT NO POINT DNU
822 SEWER CLEANOUT NO POINT DNU 822 SEWER CLEANOUT NO POINT DNU
823 SEWER BLOWOUT VALVE NO POINT DNU 823 SEWER BLOWOUT VALVE NO POINT DNU
824 SEWER SEPTIC TANK NO POINT DNU 824 SEWER SEPTIC TANK NO POINT DNU
825 SEWER PUMP NO POINT DNU 825 SEWER PUMP NO POINT DNU
826 SEWER LINE INVERT SHOT YES POINT DNU 826 SEWER LINE INVERT SHOT YES POINT DNU
827 SEWER UTILITY MARKER YES POINT DNU 827 SEWER UTILITY MARKER YES POINT DNU
828 SEWER TEST HOLE YES POINT DNU 828 SEWER TEST HOLE YES POINT DNU
830 SEWER LIFT STATION (POINT) NO POINT DNU 830 SEWER LIFT STATION (POINT) NO POINT DNU
831 SEWER LIFT STATION (CLOSED) NO LINE DNU 831 SEWER LIFT STATION (CLOSED) NO LINE DNU
835 SEWER TREATMENT PLANT (POINT) NO POINT DNU 835 SEWER TREATMENT PLANT (POINT) NO POINT DNU
836 SEWER TREATMENT PLANT (CLOSED) NO LINE DNU 836 SEWER TREATMENT PLANT (CLOSED) NO LINE DNU

22
TRAFFIC TRAFFIC

837 - 838 UNDERGROUND TRAFFIC SIGNAL POWER 1 - 2 YES LINE DNU 837 - 838 UNDERGROUND TRAFFIC SIGNAL POWER 1 - 2 YES LINE DNU
839 -840 ABOVEGROUND TRAFFIC SIGNAL POWER 1 - 2 YES LINE DNU 839 -840 ABOVEGROUND TRAFFIC SIGNAL POWER 1 - 2 YES LINE DNU
841 UNDERGROUND TRAFFIC INTERCONNECT LINE YES LINE DNU 841 TRAFFIC INTERCONNECT LINE YES LINE DNU
842 UNDERGROUND TRAFFIC LOOP DETECTOR LINE YES LINE DNU 842 TRAFFIC LOOP DETECTOR LINE YES LINE DNU
843 - 844 UNDERGROUND TRAFFIC FIBER OPTIC YES LINE DNU 843 - 844 UNDERGROUND TRAFFIC FIBER OPTIC YES LINE DNU
845 - 846 ABOVEGROUND TRAFFIC FIBER OPTIC YES LINE DNU 845 - 846 ABOVEGROUND TRAFFIC FIBER OPTIC YES LINE DNU
847 DYNAMIC MESSAGE SIGN YES LINE DNU 847 DYNAMIC MESSAGE SIGN YES LINE DNU
848 DYNAMIC MESSAGE SIGN SUPPORT YES POINT DNU 848 DYNAMIC MESSAGE SIGN SUPPORT YES POINT DNU
849 MISCELLANEOUS TRAFFIC POLE YES POINT DNU 849 MISCELLANEOUS TRAFFIC POLE YES POINT DNU
850 TRAFFIC SIGNAL STANDARD YES POINT DNU 850 TRAFFIC SIGNAL STANDARD YES POINT DNU
851 CABLE SUSPENDED TRAFFIC SIGNAL POLE YES POINT DNU 851 CABLE SUSPENDED TRAFFIC SIGNAL POLE YES POINT DNU
852 CANTILEVERED TRAFFIC SIGNAL POLE YES POINT DNU 852 CANTILEVERED TRAFFIC SIGNAL POLE YES POINT DNU
853 TRAFFIC SIGNAL DEADMAN NO POINT DNU 853 TRAFFIC SIGNAL DEADMAN NO POINT DNU
854 TRAFFIC SIGNAL POWER VAULT YES POINT DNU 854 TRAFFIC SIGNAL POWER VAULT YES POINT DNU
855 TRAFFIC SIGNAL CONTROL BOX YES POINT DNU 855 TRAFFIC SIGNAL CONTROL BOX YES POINT DNU
856 TRAFFIC COUNTER NO POINT DNU 856 TRAFFIC COUNTER NO POINT DNU
857 TRAFFIC SIGN YES POINT DNU 857 TRAFFIC SIGN YES POINT DNU
858 FEDERAL AID MARKER YES POINT DNU 858 FEDERAL AID MARKER YES POINT DNU
859 PARKING METER NO POINT DNU 859 PARKING METER NO POINT DNU
860 TRAFFIC LIGHT STANDARD YES POINT DNU 860 TRAFFIC LIGHT STANDARD YES POINT DNU
861 TRAFFIC LIGHT STANDARD POWER VAULT YES POINT DNU 861 TRAFFIC LIGHT STANDARD POWER VAULT YES POINT DNU
862 TRAFFIC CAMERA POLE YES POINT DNU 862 TRAFFIC CAMERA POLE YES POINT DNU
863 TRAFFIC CAMERA CONTROL BOX YES POINT DNU 863 TRAFFIC CAMERA CONTROL BOX YES POINT DNU
864 TRAFFIC PULL BOX YES POINT DNU 864 TRAFFIC PULL BOX YES POINT DNU
865 OVERHEAD SIGN TRUSS YES LINE DNU 865 OVERHEAD SIGN TRUSS YES LINE DNU
866 OVERHEAD SIGN TRUSS SUPPORT YES POINT DNU 866 OVERHEAD SIGN TRUSS SUPPORT YES POINT DNU
867-868 UNDERGROUND TRAFFIC CAMERA LINE 1 - 2 YES LINE DNU 867-868 UNDERGROUND TRAFFIC CAMERA LINE 1 - 2 YES LINE DNU
869 ABOVEGROUND TRAFFIC CAMERA LINE YES LINE DNU 869 ABOVEGROUND TRAFFIC CAMERA LINE YES LINE DNU

TELEPHONE UTILITY TELEPHONE UTILITY

870-877 UNDERGROUND TELEPHONE LINE 1 - 8 YES LINE DNU 870-877 UNDERGROUND TELEPHONE LINE 1 - 8 YES LINE DNU
880-883 ABOVEGROUND TELEPHONE LINE 1 - 4 YES LINE DNU 880-883 ABOVEGROUND TELEPHONE LINE 1 - 4 YES LINE DNU
885-886 UNDERGROUND TELEPHONE LINE CASING 1 - 2 YES LINE DNU 885-886 UNDERGROUND TELEPHONE LINE CASING 1 - 2 YES LINE DNU
887-888 ABOVEGROUND TELEPHONE LINE CASING 1 - 2 YES LINE DNU 887-888 ABOVEGROUND TELEPHONE LINE CASING 1 - 2 YES LINE DNU
890-891 UNDERGROUND TELE SINGLE SERVICE 1 - 2 NO LINE DNU 890-891 UNDERGROUND TELE SINGLE SERVICE 1 - 2 NO LINE DNU
895-896 ABOVEGROUND TELE SINGLE SERVICE 1 - 2 NO LINE DNU 895-896 ABOVEGROUND TELE SINGLE SERVICE 1 - 2 NO LINE DNU
900 TELEPHONE BOOTH NO POINT DNU 900 TELEPHONE BOOTH NO POINT DNU
901 TELEPHONE CROSS CONNECT BOX YES POINT DNU 901 TELEPHONE CROSS CONNECT BOX YES POINT DNU
902 TELEPHONE PEDESTAL NO POINT DNU 902 TELEPHONE PEDESTAL NO POINT DNU
903 TELEPHONE MANHOLE TOP YES POINT DNU 903 TELEPHONE MANHOLE TOP YES POINT DNU
904 TELEPHONE MANHOLE BOTTOM INVERT SHOT NO POINT DNU 904 TELEPHONE MANHOLE BOTTOM INVERT SHOT NO POINT DNU
905 TELEPHONE POLE YES POINT DNU 905 TELEPHONE POLE YES POINT DNU
906 TELEPHONE POLE DEADMAN NO POINT DNU 906 TELEPHONE POLE DEADMAN NO POINT DNU
907 TELEPHONE PRESSURE BOX NO POINT DNU 907 TELEPHONE PRESSURE BOX NO POINT DNU
908 TELEPHONE UTILITY MARKER YES POINT DNU 908 TELEPHONE UTILITY MARKER YES POINT DNU
909 TELEPHONE TEST HOLE YES POINT DNU 909 TELEPHONE TEST HOLE YES POINT DNU
910-917 MULTIPLE UNDERGROUND TELEPHONE LINES 1 - 8 YES LINE DNU 910-917 MULTIPLE UNDERGROUND TELEPHONE LINES 1 - 8 YES LINE DNU
920-923 MULTIPLE ABOVEGROUND TELEPHONE LINES 1 - 4YES LINE DNU 920-923 MULTIPLE ABOVEGROUND TELEPHONE LINES 1 - 4YES LINE DNU
930-937 UNDERGROUND TELEPHONE FIBER OPTIC LINE 1 - Y8 ES LINE DNU 930-937 UNDERGROUND TELEPHONE FIBER OPTIC LINE 1 - Y8 ES LINE DNU
938 - 939 MULTIPLE UNDERGROUND TELE FIBER OPTIC 1 - 2 YES LINE DNU 938 - 939 MULTIPLE UNDERGROUND TELE FIBER OPTIC 1 - 2 YES LINE DNU
940-943 ABOVEGROUND TELEPHONE FIBER OPTIC LINE 1 - YES
4 LINE DNU 940-943 ABOVEGROUND TELEPHONE FIBER OPTIC LINE 1 - YES
4 LINE DNU
944 - 645 MULTIPLE ABOVEGROUND TELE FIBER OPTIC 1 - 2 YES LINE DNU 944 - 645 MULTIPLE ABOVEGROUND TELE FIBER OPTIC 1 - 2 YES LINE DNU

WATER UTILITY WATER UTILITY

950-957 UNDERGROUND WATER LINE 1 - 8 YES LINE DNU 950-957 UNDERGROUND WATER LINE 1 - 8 YES LINE DNU
960-963 ABOVEGROUND WATER LINE 1 - 4 YES LINE DNU 960-963 ABOVEGROUND WATER LINE 1 - 4 YES LINE DNU
965-966 UNDERGROUND WATER SINGLE SERVICE 1 - 2 NO LINE DNU 965-966 UNDERGROUND WATER SINGLE SERVICE 1 - 2 NO LINE DNU
970-971 ABOVEGROUND WATER SINGLE SERVICE 1 - 2 NO LINE DNU 970-971 ABOVEGROUND WATER SINGLE SERVICE 1 - 2 NO LINE DNU
975 WATER VALVE NO POINT DNU 975 WATER VALVE NO POINT DNU
976 WATER METER NO POINT DNU 976 WATER METER NO POINT DNU
977 FIRE HYDRANT NO POINT DNU 977 FIRE HYDRANT NO POINT DNU
978 WATER VALVE VAULT YES POINT DNU 978 WATER VALVE VAULT YES POINT DNU
979 WATER TOWER (CLOSED) YES LINE DNU 979 WATER TOWER (CLOSED) YES LINE DNU
980 WATER CLEANOUT NO POINT DNU 980 WATER CLEANOUT NO POINT DNU
981 WATER WELL YES POINT DNU 981 WATER WELL YES POINT DNU
982 WATER UTILITY MARKER YES POINT DNU 982 WATER UTILITY MARKER YES POINT DNU
983 WATER TEST HOLE YES POINT DNU 983 WATER TEST HOLE YES POINT DNU
990-993 UNDERGROUND WATER LINE CASING 1 - 4 YES LINE DNU 990-993 UNDERGROUND WATER LINE CASING 1 - 4 YES LINE DNU
995-998 ABOVEGROUND WATER LINE CASING 1 - 4 YES LINE DNU 995-998 ABOVEGROUND WATER LINE CASING 1 - 4 YES LINE DNU

23
MISCELLANEOUS MISCELLANEOUS
1000 MULTIPOLE BILLBOARD CENTERLINE YES LINE DNU 1000 MULTIPOLE BILLBOARD CENTERLINE YES LINE DNU
1001 MONOPOLE BILLBOARD CENTERLINE YES LINE DNU 1001 MONOPOLE BILLBOARD CENTERLINE YES LINE DNU
1002 MONOPOLE BILLBOARD SUPPORT POLE YES POINT DNU 1002 MONOPOLE BILLBOARD SUPPORT POLE YES POINT DNU
1005 SIGN YES LINE DNU 1005 SIGN YES LINE DNU
1006 SIGN POLE YES POINT DNU 1006 SIGN POLE YES POINT DNU
1007 MISC. POLE YES POINT DNU 1007 MISC. POLE YES POINT DNU
1010 MAILBOX BANK YES LINE DNU 1010 MAILBOX BANK YES LINE DNU
1011 MAILBOX NO POINT DNU 1011 MAILBOX NO POINT DNU
1015 GRAVE NO POINT DNU 1015 GRAVE NO POINT DNU
1016 CEMETERY NO LINE DNU 1016 CEMETERY NO LINE DNU
1020 PLACE TEXT YES POINT DNU 1020 PLACE TEXT YES POINT DNU
1025 ABOVEGROUND STORAGE TANK (POINT) YES POINT DNU 1025 ABOVEGROUND STORAGE TANK (POINT) YES POINT DNU
1026 ABOVEGROUND STORAGE TANK (CLOSED) YES LINE DNU 1026 ABOVEGROUND STORAGE TANK (CLOSED) YES LINE DNU
1030 STORAGE TANK VENT NO POINT DNU 1030 STORAGE TANK VENT NO POINT DNU
1035 UNDERGROUND STORAGE TANK (POINT) YES POINT DNU 1035 UNDERGROUND STORAGE TANK (POINT) YES POINT DNU
1036 UNDERGROUND STORAGE TANK (CLOSED) YES LINE DNU 1036 UNDERGROUND STORAGE TANK (CLOSED) YES LINE DNU
1040 FUEL PUMP NO POINT DNU 1040 FUEL PUMP NO POINT DNU
1041 MONITORING WELL YES POINT DNU 1041 MONITORING WELL YES POINT DNU
1042 SILO YES POINT DNU 1042 SILO YES POINT DNU
1043 MISCELLANEOUS TOWER (CLOSED) YES LINE DNU 1043 MISCELLANEOUS TOWER (CLOSED) YES LINE DNU
1044 FLAG POLE YES POINT DNU 1044 FLAG POLE YES POINT DNU
1045 GENERAL / PRIVATE LIGHTING YES POINT DNU 1045 GENERAL / PRIVATE LIGHTING YES POINT DNU
1046 MISCELLANEOUS TOWER (POINT) YES POINT DNU 1046 MISCELLANEOUS TOWER (POINT) YES POINT DNU
1047 MISCELLANEOUS TOWER GUY ANCHOR YES POINT DNU 1047 MISCELLANEOUS TOWER GUY ANCHOR YES POINT DNU
1050 MECHANICAL (POINT) YES POINT DNU 1050 MECHANICAL (POINT) YES POINT DNU
1051 MECHANICAL (CLOSED) YES LINE DNU 1051 MECHANICAL (CLOSED) YES LINE DNU
1055 OVERHEAD STRUCTURE (POINT) YES POINT DNU 1055 OVERHEAD STRUCTURE (POINT) YES POINT DNU
1056 OVERHEAD STRUCTURE (LINE) YES LINE DNU 1056 OVERHEAD STRUCTURE (LINE) YES LINE DNU
1057 OVERHEAD STRUCTURE SUPPORT (POINT) YES POINT DNU 1057 OVERHEAD STRUCTURE SUPPORT (POINT) YES POINT DNU
1058 OVERHEAD STRUCTURE SUPPORT (LINE) YES LINE DNU 1058 OVERHEAD STRUCTURE SUPPORT (LINE) YES LINE DNU

UNLISTED POINT UNLISTED POINT

1100-1110 POINT 0 - 10 YES POINT DNU 1100-1110 POINT 0 - 10 YES POINT DNU

UNLISTED LINE UNLISTED LINE

1150-1160 LINE 0 - 10 YES LINE DNU 1150-1160 LINE 0 - 10 YES LINE DNU

ROUND PIPE CULVERT INVERT 1 - 6 (SIZED) ROUND PIPE CULVERT INVERT 1 - 6 (SIZED)
2000 - 2005 8" ROUND PIPE CULVERT INVERT 1 - 6 YES LINE SUB 2000 - 2005 8" ROUND PIPE CULVERT INVERT 1 - 6 YES LINE SUB
2010 - 2015 10" ROUND PIPE CULVERT INVERT 1 - 6 YES LINE SUB 2010 - 2015 10" ROUND PIPE CULVERT INVERT 1 - 6 YES LINE SUB
2020 - 2025 12" ROUND PIPE CULVERT INVERT 1 - 6 YES LINE SUB 2020 - 2025 12" ROUND PIPE CULVERT INVERT 1 - 6 YES LINE SUB
2030 - 2035 15" ROUND PIPE CULVERT INVERT 1 - 6 YES LINE SUB 2030 - 2035 15" ROUND PIPE CULVERT INVERT 1 - 6 YES LINE SUB
2040 - 2045 18" ROUND PIPE CULVERT INVERT 1 - 6 YES LINE SUB 2040 - 2045 18" ROUND PIPE CULVERT INVERT 1 - 6 YES LINE SUB
2050 - 2055 21" ROUND PIPE CULVERT INVERT 1 - 6 YES LINE SUB 2050 - 2055 21" ROUND PIPE CULVERT INVERT 1 - 6 YES LINE SUB
2060 - 2065 24" ROUND PIPE CULVERT INVERT 1 - 6 YES LINE SUB 2060 - 2065 24" ROUND PIPE CULVERT INVERT 1 - 6 YES LINE SUB
2070 - 2075 27" ROUND PIPE CULVERT INVERT 1 - 6 YES LINE SUB 2070 - 2075 27" ROUND PIPE CULVERT INVERT 1 - 6 YES LINE SUB
2080 - 2085 30" ROUND PIPE CULVERT INVERT 1 - 6 YES LINE SUB 2080 - 2085 30" ROUND PIPE CULVERT INVERT 1 - 6 YES LINE SUB
2090 - 2095 33" ROUND PIPE CULVERT INVERT 1 - 6 YES LINE SUB 2090 - 2095 33" ROUND PIPE CULVERT INVERT 1 - 6 YES LINE SUB
2100 - 2105 36" ROUND PIPE CULVERT INVERT 1 - 6 YES LINE SUB 2100 - 2105 36" ROUND PIPE CULVERT INVERT 1 - 6 YES LINE SUB
2110 - 2115 42" ROUND PIPE CULVERT INVERT 1 - 6 YES LINE SUB 2110 - 2115 42" ROUND PIPE CULVERT INVERT 1 - 6 YES LINE SUB
2120 - 2125 48" ROUND PIPE CULVERT INVERT 1 - 6 YES LINE SUB 2120 - 2125 48" ROUND PIPE CULVERT INVERT 1 - 6 YES LINE SUB
2130 - 2135 54" ROUND PIPE CULVERT INVERT 1 - 6 YES LINE SUB 2130 - 2135 54" ROUND PIPE CULVERT INVERT 1 - 6 YES LINE SUB
2140 - 2145 60" ROUND PIPE CULVERT INVERT 1 -6 YES LINE SUB 2140 - 2145 60" ROUND PIPE CULVERT INVERT 1 -6 YES LINE SUB
2150 - 2155 66" ROUND PIPE CULVERT INVERT 1 - 6 YES LINE SUB 2150 - 2155 66" ROUND PIPE CULVERT INVERT 1 - 6 YES LINE SUB
2160 - 2165 72" ROUND PIPE CULVERT INVERT 1 - 6 YES LINE SUB 2160 - 2165 72" ROUND PIPE CULVERT INVERT 1 - 6 YES LINE SUB
2170 - 2175 78" ROUND PIPE CULVERT INVERT 1 - 6 YES LINE SUB 2170 - 2175 78" ROUND PIPE CULVERT INVERT 1 - 6 YES LINE SUB
2180 - 2185 84" ROUND PIPE CULVERT INVERT 1 - 6 YES LINE SUB 2180 - 2185 84" ROUND PIPE CULVERT INVERT 1 - 6 YES LINE SUB
2190 - 2195 90" ROUND PIPE CULVERT INVERT 1 - 6 YES LINE SUB 2190 - 2195 90" ROUND PIPE CULVERT INVERT 1 - 6 YES LINE SUB
2200 - 2205 96" ROUND PIPE CULVERT INVERT 1 - 6 YES LINE SUB 2200 - 2205 96" ROUND PIPE CULVERT INVERT 1 - 6 YES LINE SUB
2210 - 2215 102" ROUND PIPE CULVERT INVERT 1 - 6 YES LINE SUB 2210 - 2215 102" ROUND PIPE CULVERT INVERT 1 - 6 YES LINE SUB
2220 - 2225 108" ROUND PIPE CULVERT INVERT 1 - 6 YES LINE SUB 2220 - 2225 108" ROUND PIPE CULVERT INVERT 1 - 6 YES LINE SUB
2230 - 2235 114" ROUND PIPE CULVERT INVERT 1 - 6 YES LINE SUB 2230 - 2235 114" ROUND PIPE CULVERT INVERT 1 - 6 YES LINE SUB
2240 - 2245 120" ROUND PIPE CULVERT INVERT 1 - 6 YES LINE SUB 2240 - 2245 120" ROUND PIPE CULVERT INVERT 1 - 6 YES LINE SUB
2250 - 2255 126" ROUND PIPE CULVERT INVERT 1 - 6 YES LINE SUB 2250 - 2255 126" ROUND PIPE CULVERT INVERT 1 - 6 YES LINE SUB
2260 - 2265 132" ROUND PIPE CULVERT INVERT 1 - 6 YES LINE SUB 2260 - 2265 132" ROUND PIPE CULVERT INVERT 1 - 6 YES LINE SUB
2270 - 2275 138" ROUND PIPE CULVERT INVERT 1 - 6 YES LINE SUB 2270 - 2275 138" ROUND PIPE CULVERT INVERT 1 - 6 YES LINE SUB
2280 - 2285 144" ROUND PIPE CULVERT INVERT 1 - 6 YES LINE SUB 2280 - 2285 144" ROUND PIPE CULVERT INVERT 1 - 6 YES LINE SUB

24
ROUND PIPE CROSSDRAIN INVERT 1 - 4 (SIZED) ROUND PIPE CROSSDRAIN INVERT 1 - 4 (SIZED)
2300 - 2303 8" ROUND PIPE CROSSDRAIN INVERT 1 - 4 YES LINE SUB 2300 - 2303 8" ROUND PIPE CROSSDRAIN INVERT 1 - 4 YES LINE SUB
2310 - 2313 10" ROUND PIPE CROSSDRAIN INVERT 1 - 4 YES LINE SUB 2310 - 2313 10" ROUND PIPE CROSSDRAIN INVERT 1 - 4 YES LINE SUB
2320 - 2323 12" ROUND PIPE CROSSDRAIN INVERT 1 - 4 YES LINE SUB 2320 - 2323 12" ROUND PIPE CROSSDRAIN INVERT 1 - 4 YES LINE SUB
2330 - 2333 15" ROUND PIPE CROSSDRAIN INVERT 1 - 4 YES LINE SUB 2330 - 2333 15" ROUND PIPE CROSSDRAIN INVERT 1 - 4 YES LINE SUB
2340 - 2343 18" ROUND PIPE CROSSDRAIN INVERT 1 - 4 YES LINE SUB 2340 - 2343 18" ROUND PIPE CROSSDRAIN INVERT 1 - 4 YES LINE SUB
2350 - 2353 21" ROUND PIPE CROSSDRAIN INVERT 1 - 4 YES LINE SUB 2350 - 2353 21" ROUND PIPE CROSSDRAIN INVERT 1 - 4 YES LINE SUB
2360 - 2363 24" ROUND PIPE CROSSDRAIN INVERT 1 - 4 YES LINE SUB 2360 - 2363 24" ROUND PIPE CROSSDRAIN INVERT 1 - 4 YES LINE SUB
2370 - 2373 27" ROUND PIPE CROSSDRAIN INVERT 1 - 4 YES LINE SUB 2370 - 2373 27" ROUND PIPE CROSSDRAIN INVERT 1 - 4 YES LINE SUB
2380 - 2383 30" ROUND PIPE CROSSDRAIN INVERT 1 - 4 YES LINE SUB 2380 - 2383 30" ROUND PIPE CROSSDRAIN INVERT 1 - 4 YES LINE SUB
2390 - 2393 33" ROUND PIPE CROSSDRAIN INVERT 1 - 4 YES LINE SUB 2390 - 2393 33" ROUND PIPE CROSSDRAIN INVERT 1 - 4 YES LINE SUB
2400 - 2403 36" ROUND PIPE CROSSDRAIN INVERT 1 - 4 YES LINE SUB 2400 - 2403 36" ROUND PIPE CROSSDRAIN INVERT 1 - 4 YES LINE SUB
2410 - 2413 42" ROUND PIPE CROSSDRAIN INVERT 1 - 4 YES LINE SUB 2410 - 2413 42" ROUND PIPE CROSSDRAIN INVERT 1 - 4 YES LINE SUB
2420 - 2423 48" ROUND PIPE CROSSDRAIN INVERT 1 - 4 YES LINE SUB 2420 - 2423 48" ROUND PIPE CROSSDRAIN INVERT 1 - 4 YES LINE SUB
2430 - 2433 54" ROUND PIPE CROSSDRAIN INVERT 1 - 4 YES LINE SUB 2430 - 2433 54" ROUND PIPE CROSSDRAIN INVERT 1 - 4 YES LINE SUB
2440 - 2443 60" ROUND PIPE CROSSDRAIN INVERT 1 - 4 YES LINE SUB 2440 - 2443 60" ROUND PIPE CROSSDRAIN INVERT 1 - 4 YES LINE SUB
2450 - 2453 66" ROUND PIPE CROSSDRAIN INVERT 1 - 4 YES LINE SUB 2450 - 2453 66" ROUND PIPE CROSSDRAIN INVERT 1 - 4 YES LINE SUB
2460 - 2463 72" ROUND PIPE CROSSDRAIN INVERT 1 - 4 YES LINE SUB 2460 - 2463 72" ROUND PIPE CROSSDRAIN INVERT 1 - 4 YES LINE SUB
2470 - 2473 78" ROUND PIPE CROSSDRAIN INVERT 1 - 4 YES LINE SUB 2470 - 2473 78" ROUND PIPE CROSSDRAIN INVERT 1 - 4 YES LINE SUB
2480 - 2483 84" ROUND PIPE CROSSDRAIN INVERT 1 - 4 YES LINE SUB 2480 - 2483 84" ROUND PIPE CROSSDRAIN INVERT 1 - 4 YES LINE SUB
2490 - 2493 90" ROUND PIPE CROSSDRAIN INVERT 1 - 4 YES LINE SUB 2490 - 2493 90" ROUND PIPE CROSSDRAIN INVERT 1 - 4 YES LINE SUB
2500 - 2503 96" ROUND PIPE CROSSDRAIN INVERT 1 - 4 YES LINE SUB 2500 - 2503 96" ROUND PIPE CROSSDRAIN INVERT 1 - 4 YES LINE SUB
2510 - 2513 102" ROUND PIPE CROSSDRAIN INVERT 1 - 4 YES LINE SUB 2510 - 2513 102" ROUND PIPE CROSSDRAIN INVERT 1 - 4 YES LINE SUB
2520 - 2523 108" ROUND PIPE CROSSDRAIN INVERT 1 - 4 YES LINE SUB 2520 - 2523 108" ROUND PIPE CROSSDRAIN INVERT 1 - 4 YES LINE SUB
2530 - 2533 114" ROUND PIPE CROSSDRAIN INVERT 1 - 4 YES LINE SUB 2530 - 2533 114" ROUND PIPE CROSSDRAIN INVERT 1 - 4 YES LINE SUB
2540 - 2543 120" ROUND PIPE CROSSDRAIN INVERT 1 - 4 YES LINE SUB 2540 - 2543 120" ROUND PIPE CROSSDRAIN INVERT 1 - 4 YES LINE SUB
2550 - 2553 126" ROUND PIPE CROSSDRAIN INVERT 1 - 4 YES LINE SUB 2550 - 2553 126" ROUND PIPE CROSSDRAIN INVERT 1 - 4 YES LINE SUB
2560 - 2563 132" ROUND PIPE CROSSDRAIN INVERT 1 - 4 YES LINE SUB 2560 - 2563 132" ROUND PIPE CROSSDRAIN INVERT 1 - 4 YES LINE SUB
2570 - 2573 138" ROUND PIPE CROSSDRAIN INVERT 1 - 4 YES LINE SUB 2570 - 2573 138" ROUND PIPE CROSSDRAIN INVERT 1 - 4 YES LINE SUB
2580 - 2583 144" ROUND PIPE CROSSDRAIN INVERT 1 - 4 YES LINE SUB 2580 - 2583 144" ROUND PIPE CROSSDRAIN INVERT 1 - 4 YES LINE SUB

ARCH PIPE CULVERT INVERT 1 - 6 (HEIGHT X WIDTH) ARCH PIPE CULVERT INVERT 1 - 6 (HEIGHT X WIDTH)
2600 - 2605 11" X 18" ARCH PIPE CULVERT INVERT 1 - 6 YES LINE SUB 2600 - 2605 11" X 18" ARCH PIPE CULVERT INVERT 1 - 6 YES LINE SUB
2610 - 2615 13" X 17" ARCH PIPE CULVERT INVERT 1 - 6 YES LINE SUB 2610 - 2615 13" X 17" ARCH PIPE CULVERT INVERT 1 - 6 YES LINE SUB
2620 - 2625 14" X 22" ARCH PIPE CULVERT INVERT 1 - 6 YES LINE SUB 2620 - 2625 14" X 22" ARCH PIPE CULVERT INVERT 1 - 6 YES LINE SUB
2630 - 2635 15" X 21" ARCH PIPE CULVERT INVERT 1 - 6 YES LINE SUB 2630 - 2635 15" X 21" ARCH PIPE CULVERT INVERT 1 - 6 YES LINE SUB
2640 - 2645 16" X 26" ARCH PIPE CULVERT INVERT 1 - 6 YES LINE SUB 2640 - 2645 16" X 26" ARCH PIPE CULVERT INVERT 1 - 6 YES LINE SUB
2650 - 2655 18" X 24" ARCH PIPE CULVERT INVERT 1 - 6 YES LINE SUB 2650 - 2655 18" X 24" ARCH PIPE CULVERT INVERT 1 - 6 YES LINE SUB
2660 - 2665 18" X 29" ARCH PIPE CULVERT INVERT 1 - 6 YES LINE SUB 2660 - 2665 18" X 29" ARCH PIPE CULVERT INVERT 1 - 6 YES LINE SUB
2670 - 2675 20" X 28" ARCH PIPE CULVERT INVERT 1 - 6 YES LINE SUB 2670 - 2675 20" X 28" ARCH PIPE CULVERT INVERT 1 - 6 YES LINE SUB
2680 - 2685 23" X 36" ARCH PIPE CULVERT INVERT 1 - 6 YES LINE SUB 2680 - 2685 23" X 36" ARCH PIPE CULVERT INVERT 1 - 6 YES LINE SUB
2690 - 2695 24" X 35" ARCH PIPE CULVERT INVERT 1 - 6 YES LINE SUB 2690 - 2695 24" X 35" ARCH PIPE CULVERT INVERT 1 - 6 YES LINE SUB
2700 - 2705 27" X 44" ARCH PIPE CULVERT INVERT 1 - 6 YES LINE SUB 2700 - 2705 27" X 44" ARCH PIPE CULVERT INVERT 1 - 6 YES LINE SUB
2710 - 2715 29" X 42" ARCH PIPE CULVERT INVERT 1 - 6 YES LINE SUB 2710 - 2715 29" X 42" ARCH PIPE CULVERT INVERT 1 - 6 YES LINE SUB
2720 - 2725 31" X 40" ARCH PIPE CULVERT INVERT 1 - 6 YES LINE SUB 2720 - 2725 31" X 40" ARCH PIPE CULVERT INVERT 1 - 6 YES LINE SUB
2730 - 2735 31" X 51" ARCH PIPE CULVERT INVERT 1 - 6 YES LINE SUB 2730 - 2735 31" X 51" ARCH PIPE CULVERT INVERT 1 - 6 YES LINE SUB
2740 - 2745 33" X 49" ARCH PIPE CULVERT INVERT 1 - 6 YES LINE SUB 2740 - 2745 33" X 49" ARCH PIPE CULVERT INVERT 1 - 6 YES LINE SUB
2750 - 2755 36" X 46" ARCH PIPE CULVERT INVERT 1 - 6 YES LINE SUB 2750 - 2755 36" X 46" ARCH PIPE CULVERT INVERT 1 - 6 YES LINE SUB
2760 - 2765 36" X 59" ARCH PIPE CULVERT INVERT 1 - 6 YES LINE SUB 2760 - 2765 36" X 59" ARCH PIPE CULVERT INVERT 1 - 6 YES LINE SUB
2770 - 2775 38" X 57" ARCH PIPE CULVERT INVERT 1 - 6 YES LINE SUB 2770 - 2775 38" X 57" ARCH PIPE CULVERT INVERT 1 - 6 YES LINE SUB
2780 - 2785 40" X 65" ARCH PIPE CULVERT INVERT 1 - 6 YES LINE SUB 2780 - 2785 40" X 65" ARCH PIPE CULVERT INVERT 1 - 6 YES LINE SUB
2790 - 2795 41" X 53" ARCH PIPE CULVERT INVERT 1 - 6 YES LINE SUB 2790 - 2795 41" X 53" ARCH PIPE CULVERT INVERT 1 - 6 YES LINE SUB
2800 - 2805 43" X 64" ARCH PIPE CULVERT INVERT 1 - 6 YES LINE SUB 2800 - 2805 43" X 64" ARCH PIPE CULVERT INVERT 1 - 6 YES LINE SUB
2810 - 2815 45" X 73" ARCH PIPE CULVERT INVERT 1 - 6 YES LINE SUB 2810 - 2815 45" X 73" ARCH PIPE CULVERT INVERT 1 - 6 YES LINE SUB
2820 - 2825 46" X 60" ARCH PIPE CULVERT INVERT 1 - 6 YES LINE SUB 2820 - 2825 46" X 60" ARCH PIPE CULVERT INVERT 1 - 6 YES LINE SUB
2830 - 2835 47" X 71" ARCH PIPE CULVERT INVERT 1 - 6 YES LINE SUB 2830 - 2835 47" X 71" ARCH PIPE CULVERT INVERT 1 - 6 YES LINE SUB
2840 - 2845 51" X 66" ARCH PIPE CULVERT INVERT 1 - 6 YES LINE SUB 2840 - 2845 51" X 66" ARCH PIPE CULVERT INVERT 1 - 6 YES LINE SUB
2850 - 2855 52" X 77" ARCH PIPE CULVERT INVERT 1 - 6 YES LINE SUB 2850 - 2855 52" X 77" ARCH PIPE CULVERT INVERT 1 - 6 YES LINE SUB
2860 - 2865 54" X 88" ARCH PIPE CULVERT INVERT 1 - 6 YES LINE SUB 2860 - 2865 54" X 88" ARCH PIPE CULVERT INVERT 1 - 6 YES LINE SUB
2870 - 2875 55" X 73" ARCH PIPE CULVERT INVERT 1 - 6 YES LINE SUB 2870 - 2875 55" X 73" ARCH PIPE CULVERT INVERT 1 - 6 YES LINE SUB
2880 - 2885 57" X 83" ARCH PIPE CULVERT INVERT 1 - 6 YES LINE SUB 2880 - 2885 57" X 83" ARCH PIPE CULVERT INVERT 1 - 6 YES LINE SUB
2890 - 2895 59" X 81" ARCH PIPE CULVERT INVERT 1 - 6 YES LINE SUB 2890 - 2895 59" X 81" ARCH PIPE CULVERT INVERT 1 - 6 YES LINE SUB
2900 - 2905 62" X 102" ARCH PIPE CULVERT INVERT 1 - 6 YES LINE SUB 2900 - 2905 62" X 102" ARCH PIPE CULVERT INVERT 1 - 6 YES LINE SUB
2910 - 2915 63" X 87" ARCH PIPE CULVERT INVERT 1 - 6 YES LINE SUB 2910 - 2915 63" X 87" ARCH PIPE CULVERT INVERT 1 - 6 YES LINE SUB
2920 - 2925 67" X 95" ARCH PIPE CULVERT INVERT 1 - 6 YES LINE SUB 2920 - 2925 67" X 95" ARCH PIPE CULVERT INVERT 1 - 6 YES LINE SUB
2930 - 2935 71" X 103" ARCH PIPE CULVERT INVERT 1 - 6 YES LINE SUB 2930 - 2935 71" X 103" ARCH PIPE CULVERT INVERT 1 - 6 YES LINE SUB
2940 - 2945 72" X 115" ARCH PIPE CULVERT INVERT 1 - 6 YES LINE SUB 2940 - 2945 72" X 115" ARCH PIPE CULVERT INVERT 1 - 6 YES LINE SUB
2950 - 2955 75" X 112" ARCH PIPE CULVERT INVERT 1 - 6 YES LINE SUB 2950 - 2955 75" X 112" ARCH PIPE CULVERT INVERT 1 - 6 YES LINE SUB
2960 - 2965 77" X 122" ARCH PIPE CULVERT INVERT 1 - 6 YES LINE SUB 2960 - 2965 77" X 122" ARCH PIPE CULVERT INVERT 1 - 6 YES LINE SUB
2970 - 2975 79" X 117" ARCH PIPE CULVERT INVERT 1 - 6 YES LINE SUB 2970 - 2975 79" X 117" ARCH PIPE CULVERT INVERT 1 - 6 YES LINE SUB
2980 - 2985 83" X 128" ARCH PIPE CULVERT INVERT 1 - 6 YES LINE SUB 2980 - 2985 83" X 128" ARCH PIPE CULVERT INVERT 1 - 6 YES LINE SUB
2990 - 2995 87" X 137" ARCH PIPE CULVERT INVERT 1 - 6 YES LINE SUB 2990 - 2995 87" X 137" ARCH PIPE CULVERT INVERT 1 - 6 YES LINE SUB
3000 - 3005 87" X 138" ARCH PIPE CULVERT INVERT 1 - 6 YES LINE SUB 3000 - 3005 87" X 138" ARCH PIPE CULVERT INVERT 1 - 6 YES LINE SUB
3010 - 3015 91" X 142" ARCH PIPE CULVERT INVERT 1 - 6 YES LINE SUB 3010 - 3015 91" X 142" ARCH PIPE CULVERT INVERT 1 - 6 YES LINE SUB
3020 - 3025 97" X 154" ARCH PIPE CULVERT INVERT 1 - 6 YES LINE SUB 3020 - 3025 97" X 154" ARCH PIPE CULVERT INVERT 1 - 6 YES LINE SUB
3030 - 3035 107" X 169" ARCH PIPE CULVERT INVERT 1 - 6 YES LINE SUB 3030 - 3035 107" X 169" ARCH PIPE CULVERT INVERT 1 - 6 YES LINE SUB

25
ARCH PIPE CROSSDRAIN INVERT 1 - 4 (HEIGHT X WIDTH) ARCH PIPE CROSSDRAIN INVERT 1 - 4 (HEIGHT X WIDTH)
3040 - 3043 11" X 18" ARCH PIPE CROSSDRAIN INVERT 1 - 4 YES LINE SUB 3040 - 3043 11" X 18" ARCH PIPE CROSSDRAIN INVERT 1 - 4 YES LINE SUB
3045 - 3048 13" X 17" ARCH PIPE CROSSDRAIN INVERT 1 - 4 YES LINE SUB 3045 - 3048 13" X 17" ARCH PIPE CROSSDRAIN INVERT 1 - 4 YES LINE SUB
3050 - 3053 14" X 22" ARCH PIPE CROSSDRAIN INVERT 1 - 4 YES LINE SUB 3050 - 3053 14" X 22" ARCH PIPE CROSSDRAIN INVERT 1 - 4 YES LINE SUB
3055 - 3058 15" X 21" ARCH PIPE CROSSDRAIN INVERT 1 - 4 YES LINE SUB 3055 - 3058 15" X 21" ARCH PIPE CROSSDRAIN INVERT 1 - 4 YES LINE SUB
3060 - 3063 16" X 26" ARCH PIPE CROSSDRAIN INVERT 1 - 4 YES LINE SUB 3060 - 3063 16" X 26" ARCH PIPE CROSSDRAIN INVERT 1 - 4 YES LINE SUB
3065 - 3068 18" X 24" ARCH PIPE CROSSDRAIN INVERT 1 - 4 YES LINE SUB 3065 - 3068 18" X 24" ARCH PIPE CROSSDRAIN INVERT 1 - 4 YES LINE SUB
3070 - 3073 18" X 29" ARCH PIPE CROSSDRAIN INVERT 1 - 4 YES LINE SUB 3070 - 3073 18" X 29" ARCH PIPE CROSSDRAIN INVERT 1 - 4 YES LINE SUB
3075 - 3078 20" X 28" ARCH PIPE CROSSDRAIN INVERT 1 - 4 YES LINE SUB 3075 - 3078 20" X 28" ARCH PIPE CROSSDRAIN INVERT 1 - 4 YES LINE SUB
3080 - 3083 23" X 36" ARCH PIPE CROSSDRAIN INVERT 1 - 4 YES LINE SUB 3080 - 3083 23" X 36" ARCH PIPE CROSSDRAIN INVERT 1 - 4 YES LINE SUB
3085 - 3088 24" X 35" ARCH PIPE CROSSDRAIN INVERT 1 - 4 YES LINE SUB 3085 - 3088 24" X 35" ARCH PIPE CROSSDRAIN INVERT 1 - 4 YES LINE SUB
3090 - 3093 27" X 44" ARCH PIPE CROSSDRAIN INVERT 1 - 4 YES LINE SUB 3090 - 3093 27" X 44" ARCH PIPE CROSSDRAIN INVERT 1 - 4 YES LINE SUB
3095 - 3098 29" X 42" ARCH PIPE CROSSDRAIN INVERT 1 - 4 YES LINE SUB 3095 - 3098 29" X 42" ARCH PIPE CROSSDRAIN INVERT 1 - 4 YES LINE SUB
3100 - 3103 31" X 40" ARCH PIPE CROSSDRAIN INVERT 1 - 4 YES LINE SUB 3100 - 3103 31" X 40" ARCH PIPE CROSSDRAIN INVERT 1 - 4 YES LINE SUB
3105 - 3108 31" X 51" ARCH PIPE CROSSDRAIN INVERT 1 - 4 YES LINE SUB 3105 - 3108 31" X 51" ARCH PIPE CROSSDRAIN INVERT 1 - 4 YES LINE SUB
3110 - 3113 33" X 49" ARCH PIPE CROSSDRAIN INVERT 1 - 4 YES LINE SUB 3110 - 3113 33" X 49" ARCH PIPE CROSSDRAIN INVERT 1 - 4 YES LINE SUB
3115 - 3118 36" X 46" ARCH PIPE CROSSDRAIN INVERT 1 - 4 YES LINE SUB 3115 - 3118 36" X 46" ARCH PIPE CROSSDRAIN INVERT 1 - 4 YES LINE SUB
3120 - 3123 36" X 59" ARCH PIPE CROSSDRAIN INVERT 1 - 4 YES LINE SUB 3120 - 3123 36" X 59" ARCH PIPE CROSSDRAIN INVERT 1 - 4 YES LINE SUB
3125 - 3128 38" X 57" ARCH PIPE CROSSDRAIN INVERT 1 - 4 YES LINE SUB 3125 - 3128 38" X 57" ARCH PIPE CROSSDRAIN INVERT 1 - 4 YES LINE SUB
3130 - 3133 40" X 65" ARCH PIPE CROSSDRAIN INVERT 1 - 4 YES LINE SUB 3130 - 3133 40" X 65" ARCH PIPE CROSSDRAIN INVERT 1 - 4 YES LINE SUB
3135 - 3138 41" X 53" ARCH PIPE CROSSDRAIN INVERT 1 - 4 YES LINE SUB 3135 - 3138 41" X 53" ARCH PIPE CROSSDRAIN INVERT 1 - 4 YES LINE SUB
3140 - 3143 43" X 64" ARCH PIPE CROSSDRAIN INVERT 1 - 4 YES LINE SUB 3140 - 3143 43" X 64" ARCH PIPE CROSSDRAIN INVERT 1 - 4 YES LINE SUB
3145 - 3148 45" X 73" ARCH PIPE CROSSDRAIN INVERT 1 - 4 YES LINE SUB 3145 - 3148 45" X 73" ARCH PIPE CROSSDRAIN INVERT 1 - 4 YES LINE SUB
3150 - 3153 46" X 60" ARCH PIPE CROSSDRAIN INVERT 1 - 4 YES LINE SUB 3150 - 3153 46" X 60" ARCH PIPE CROSSDRAIN INVERT 1 - 4 YES LINE SUB
3155 - 3158 47" X 71" ARCH PIPE CROSSDRAIN INVERT 1 - 4 YES LINE SUB 3155 - 3158 47" X 71" ARCH PIPE CROSSDRAIN INVERT 1 - 4 YES LINE SUB
3160 - 3163 51" X 66" ARCH PIPE CROSSDRAIN INVERT 1 - 4 YES LINE SUB 3160 - 3163 51" X 66" ARCH PIPE CROSSDRAIN INVERT 1 - 4 YES LINE SUB
3165 - 3168 52" X 77" ARCH PIPE CROSSDRAIN INVERT 1 - 4 YES LINE SUB 3165 - 3168 52" X 77" ARCH PIPE CROSSDRAIN INVERT 1 - 4 YES LINE SUB
3170 - 3173 54" X 88" ARCH PIPE CROSSDRAIN INVERT 1 - 4 YES LINE SUB 3170 - 3173 54" X 88" ARCH PIPE CROSSDRAIN INVERT 1 - 4 YES LINE SUB
3175 - 3178 55" X 73" ARCH PIPE CROSSDRAIN INVERT 1 - 4 YES LINE SUB 3175 - 3178 55" X 73" ARCH PIPE CROSSDRAIN INVERT 1 - 4 YES LINE SUB
3180 - 3183 57" X 83" ARCH PIPE CROSSDRAIN INVERT 1 - 4 YES LINE SUB 3180 - 3183 57" X 83" ARCH PIPE CROSSDRAIN INVERT 1 - 4 YES LINE SUB
3185 - 3188 59" X 81" ARCH PIPE CROSSDRAIN INVERT 1 - 4 YES LINE SUB 3185 - 3188 59" X 81" ARCH PIPE CROSSDRAIN INVERT 1 - 4 YES LINE SUB
3190 - 3193 62" X 102" ARCH PIPE CROSSDRAIN INVERT 1 - 4 YES LINE SUB 3190 - 3193 62" X 102" ARCH PIPE CROSSDRAIN INVERT 1 - 4 YES LINE SUB
3195 - 3198 63" X 87" ARCH PIPE CROSSDRAIN INVERT 1 - 4 YES LINE SUB 3195 - 3198 63" X 87" ARCH PIPE CROSSDRAIN INVERT 1 - 4 YES LINE SUB
3200 - 3203 67" X 95" ARCH PIPE CROSSDRAIN INVERT 1 - 4 YES LINE SUB 3200 - 3203 67" X 95" ARCH PIPE CROSSDRAIN INVERT 1 - 4 YES LINE SUB
3205 - 3208 71" X 103" ARCH PIPE CROSSDRAIN INVERT 1 - 4 YES LINE SUB 3205 - 3208 71" X 103" ARCH PIPE CROSSDRAIN INVERT 1 - 4 YES LINE SUB
3210 - 3213 72" X 115" ARCH PIPE CROSSDRAIN INVERT 1 - 4 YES LINE SUB 3210 - 3213 72" X 115" ARCH PIPE CROSSDRAIN INVERT 1 - 4 YES LINE SUB
3215 - 3218 75" X 112" ARCH PIPE CROSSDRAIN INVERT 1 - 4 YES LINE SUB 3215 - 3218 75" X 112" ARCH PIPE CROSSDRAIN INVERT 1 - 4 YES LINE SUB
3220 - 3223 77" X 122" ARCH PIPE CROSSDRAIN INVERT 1 - 4 YES LINE SUB 3220 - 3223 77" X 122" ARCH PIPE CROSSDRAIN INVERT 1 - 4 YES LINE SUB
3225 - 3228 79" X 117" ARCH PIPE CROSSDRAIN INVERT 1 - 4 YES LINE SUB 3225 - 3228 79" X 117" ARCH PIPE CROSSDRAIN INVERT 1 - 4 YES LINE SUB
3230 - 3233 83" X 128" ARCH PIPE CROSSDRAIN INVERT 1 - 4 YES LINE SUB 3230 - 3233 83" X 128" ARCH PIPE CROSSDRAIN INVERT 1 - 4 YES LINE SUB
3235 - 3238 87" X 137" ARCH PIPE CROSSDRAIN INVERT 1 - 4 YES LINE SUB 3235 - 3238 87" X 137" ARCH PIPE CROSSDRAIN INVERT 1 - 4 YES LINE SUB
3240 - 3243 87" X 138" ARCH PIPE CROSSDRAIN INVERT 1 - 4 YES LINE SUB 3240 - 3243 87" X 138" ARCH PIPE CROSSDRAIN INVERT 1 - 4 YES LINE SUB
3245 - 3248 91" X 142" ARCH PIPE CROSSDRAIN INVERT 1 - 4 YES LINE SUB 3245 - 3248 91" X 142" ARCH PIPE CROSSDRAIN INVERT 1 - 4 YES LINE SUB
3250 - 3253 97" X 154" ARCH PIPE CROSSDRAIN INVERT 1 - 4 YES LINE SUB 3250 - 3253 97" X 154" ARCH PIPE CROSSDRAIN INVERT 1 - 4 YES LINE SUB
3255 - 3258 107" X 169" ARCH PIPE CROSSDRAIN INVERT 1 - 4 YES LINE SUB 3255 - 3258 107" X 169" ARCH PIPE CROSSDRAIN INVERT 1 - 4 YES LINE SUB

BOX CULVERT INVERT CENTERLINE (HEIGHT X WIDTH) BOX CULVERT INVERT CENTERLINE (HEIGHT X WIDTH)
5000 - 5003 2' X 3' BOX CULVERT INVERT 1 - 4 YES LINE SUB 5000 - 5003 2' X 3' BOX CULVERT INVERT 1 - 4 YES LINE SUB
5010 - 5013 3' X 3' BOX CULVERT INVERT 1 - 4 YES LINE SUB 5010 - 5013 3' X 3' BOX CULVERT INVERT 1 - 4 YES LINE SUB
5020 - 5023 2' X 4' BOX CULVERT INVERT 1 - 4 YES LINE SUB 5020 - 5023 2' X 4' BOX CULVERT INVERT 1 - 4 YES LINE SUB
5030 - 5033 3' X 4' BOX CULVERT INVERT 1 - 4 YES LINE SUB 5030 - 5033 3' X 4' BOX CULVERT INVERT 1 - 4 YES LINE SUB
5040 - 5043 4' X 4' BOX CULVERT INVERT 1 - 4 YES LINE SUB 5040 - 5043 4' X 4' BOX CULVERT INVERT 1 - 4 YES LINE SUB
5050 - 5053 3' X 5' BOX CULVERT INVERT 1 - 4 YES LINE SUB 5050 - 5053 3' X 5' BOX CULVERT INVERT 1 - 4 YES LINE SUB
5060 - 5063 4' X 5' BOX CULVERT INVERT 1 - 4 YES LINE SUB 5060 - 5063 4' X 5' BOX CULVERT INVERT 1 - 4 YES LINE SUB
5070 - 5073 5' X 5' BOX CULVERT INVERT 1 - 4 YES LINE SUB 5070 - 5073 5' X 5' BOX CULVERT INVERT 1 - 4 YES LINE SUB
5080 - 5083 3' X 6' BOX CULVERT INVERT 1 - 4 YES LINE SUB 5080 - 5083 3' X 6' BOX CULVERT INVERT 1 - 4 YES LINE SUB
5090 - 5093 4' X 6' BOX CULVERT INVERT 1 - 4 YES LINE SUB 5090 - 5093 4' X 6' BOX CULVERT INVERT 1 - 4 YES LINE SUB
5100 - 5103 5' X 6' BOX CULVERT INVERT 1 - 4 YES LINE SUB 5100 - 5103 5' X 6' BOX CULVERT INVERT 1 - 4 YES LINE SUB
5110 - 5113 6' X 6' BOX CULVERT INVERT 1 - 4 YES LINE SUB 5110 - 5113 6' X 6' BOX CULVERT INVERT 1 - 4 YES LINE SUB
5120 - 5123 4' X 7' BOX CULVERT INVERT 1 - 4 YES LINE SUB 5120 - 5123 4' X 7' BOX CULVERT INVERT 1 - 4 YES LINE SUB
5130 - 5133 5' X 7' BOX CULVERT INVERT 1 - 4 YES LINE SUB 5130 - 5133 5' X 7' BOX CULVERT INVERT 1 - 4 YES LINE SUB
5140 - 5143 6' X 7' BOX CULVERT INVERT 1 - 4 YES LINE SUB 5140 - 5143 6' X 7' BOX CULVERT INVERT 1 - 4 YES LINE SUB
5150 - 5153 7' X 7' BOX CULVERT INVERT 1 - 4 YES LINE SUB 5150 - 5153 7' X 7' BOX CULVERT INVERT 1 - 4 YES LINE SUB
5160 - 5163 4' X 8' BOX CULVERT INVERT 1 - 4 YES LINE SUB 5160 - 5163 4' X 8' BOX CULVERT INVERT 1 - 4 YES LINE SUB
5170 - 5173 5' X 8' BOX CULVERT INVERT 1 - 4 YES LINE SUB 5170 - 5173 5' X 8' BOX CULVERT INVERT 1 - 4 YES LINE SUB
5180 - 5183 6' X 8' BOX CULVERT INVERT 1 - 4 YES LINE SUB 5180 - 5183 6' X 8' BOX CULVERT INVERT 1 - 4 YES LINE SUB
5190 - 5193 7' X 8' BOX CULVERT INVERT 1 - 4 YES LINE SUB 5190 - 5193 7' X 8' BOX CULVERT INVERT 1 - 4 YES LINE SUB
5200 - 5203 8' X 8' BOX CULVERT INVERT 1 - 4 YES LINE SUB 5200 - 5203 8' X 8' BOX CULVERT INVERT 1 - 4 YES LINE SUB

26
BOX CROSSDRAIN INVERT CENTERLINE (HEIGHT X WIDTH) BOX CROSSDRAIN INVERT CENTERLINE (HEIGHT X WIDTH)
5300 - 5303 2' X 3' BOX CROSSDRAIN INVERT 1 - 4 YES LINE SUB 5300 - 5303 2' X 3' BOX CROSSDRAIN INVERT 1 - 4 YES LINE SUB
5310 - 5313 3' X 3' BOX CROSSDRAIN INVERT 1 - 4 YES LINE SUB 5310 - 5313 3' X 3' BOX CROSSDRAIN INVERT 1 - 4 YES LINE SUB
5320 - 5323 2' X 4' BOX CROSSDRAIN INVERT 1 - 4 YES LINE SUB 5320 - 5323 2' X 4' BOX CROSSDRAIN INVERT 1 - 4 YES LINE SUB
5330 - 5333 3' X 4' BOX CROSSDRAIN INVERT 1 - 4 YES LINE SUB 5330 - 5333 3' X 4' BOX CROSSDRAIN INVERT 1 - 4 YES LINE SUB
5340 - 5343 4' X 4' BOX CROSSDRAIN INVERT 1 - 4 YES LINE SUB 5340 - 5343 4' X 4' BOX CROSSDRAIN INVERT 1 - 4 YES LINE SUB
5350 - 5353 3' X 5' BOX CROSSDRAIN INVERT 1 - 4 YES LINE SUB 5350 - 5353 3' X 5' BOX CROSSDRAIN INVERT 1 - 4 YES LINE SUB
5360 - 5363 4' X 5' BOX CROSSDRAIN INVERT 1 - 4 YES LINE SUB 5360 - 5363 4' X 5' BOX CROSSDRAIN INVERT 1 - 4 YES LINE SUB
5370 - 5373 5' X 5' BOX CROSSDRAIN INVERT 1 - 4 YES LINE SUB 5370 - 5373 5' X 5' BOX CROSSDRAIN INVERT 1 - 4 YES LINE SUB
5380 - 5383 3' X 6' BOX CROSSDRAIN INVERT 1 - 4 YES LINE SUB 5380 - 5383 3' X 6' BOX CROSSDRAIN INVERT 1 - 4 YES LINE SUB
5390 - 5393 4' X 6' BOX CROSSDRAIN INVERT 1 - 4 YES LINE SUB 5390 - 5393 4' X 6' BOX CROSSDRAIN INVERT 1 - 4 YES LINE SUB
5400 - 5403 5' X 6' BOX CROSSDRAIN INVERT 1 - 4 YES LINE SUB 5400 - 5403 5' X 6' BOX CROSSDRAIN INVERT 1 - 4 YES LINE SUB
5410 - 5413 6' X 6' BOX CROSSDRAIN INVERT 1 - 4 YES LINE SUB 5410 - 5413 6' X 6' BOX CROSSDRAIN INVERT 1 - 4 YES LINE SUB
5420 - 5423 4' X 7' BOX CROSSDRAIN INVERT 1 - 4 YES LINE SUB 5420 - 5423 4' X 7' BOX CROSSDRAIN INVERT 1 - 4 YES LINE SUB
5430 - 5433 5' X 7' BOX CROSSDRAIN INVERT 1 - 4 YES LINE SUB 5430 - 5433 5' X 7' BOX CROSSDRAIN INVERT 1 - 4 YES LINE SUB
5440 - 5443 6' X 7' BOX CROSSDRAIN INVERT 1 - 4 YES LINE SUB 5440 - 5443 6' X 7' BOX CROSSDRAIN INVERT 1 - 4 YES LINE SUB
5450 - 5453 7' X 7' BOX CROSSDRAIN INVERT 1 - 4 YES LINE SUB 5450 - 5453 7' X 7' BOX CROSSDRAIN INVERT 1 - 4 YES LINE SUB
5460 - 5463 4' X 8' BOX CROSSDRAIN INVERT 1 - 4 YES LINE SUB 5460 - 5463 4' X 8' BOX CROSSDRAIN INVERT 1 - 4 YES LINE SUB
5470 - 5473 5' X 8' BOX CROSSDRAIN INVERT 1 - 4 YES LINE SUB 5470 - 5473 5' X 8' BOX CROSSDRAIN INVERT 1 - 4 YES LINE SUB
5480 - 5483 6' X 8' BOX CROSSDRAIN INVERT 1 - 4 YES LINE SUB 5480 - 5483 6' X 8' BOX CROSSDRAIN INVERT 1 - 4 YES LINE SUB
5490 - 5493 7' X 8' BOX CROSSDRAIN INVERT 1 - 4 YES LINE SUB 5490 - 5493 7' X 8' BOX CROSSDRAIN INVERT 1 - 4 YES LINE SUB
5500 - 5503 8' X 8' BOX CROSSDRAIN INVERT 1 - 4 YES LINE SUB 5500 - 5503 8' X 8' BOX CROSSDRAIN INVERT 1 - 4 YES LINE SUB

ROUND SEWER LINE INVERT (SIZED) ROUND SEWER LINE INVERT (SIZED)
8000 - 8003 4" ROUND SEWER LINE INVERT 1 - 4 YES LINE SUB 8000 - 8003 4" ROUND SEWER LINE INVERT 1 - 4 YES LINE SUB
8010 - 8013 6" ROUND SEWER LINE INVERT 1 - 4 YES LINE SUB 8010 - 8013 6" ROUND SEWER LINE INVERT 1 - 4 YES LINE SUB
8020 - 8023 8" ROUND SEWER LINE INVERT 1 - 4 YES LINE SUB 8020 - 8023 8" ROUND SEWER LINE INVERT 1 - 4 YES LINE SUB
8030 - 8033 10" ROUND SEWER LINE INVERT 1 - 4 YES LINE SUB 8030 - 8033 10" ROUND SEWER LINE INVERT 1 - 4 YES LINE SUB
8040 - 8043 12" ROUND SEWER LINE INVERT 1 - 4 YES LINE SUB 8040 - 8043 12" ROUND SEWER LINE INVERT 1 - 4 YES LINE SUB
8050 - 8053 15" ROUND SEWER LINE INVERT 1 - 4 YES LINE SUB 8050 - 8053 15" ROUND SEWER LINE INVERT 1 - 4 YES LINE SUB
8060 - 8063 18" ROUND SEWER LINE INVERT 1 - 4 YES LINE SUB 8060 - 8063 18" ROUND SEWER LINE INVERT 1 - 4 YES LINE SUB
8070 - 8073 21" ROUND SEWER LINE INVERT 1 - 4 YES LINE SUB 8070 - 8073 21" ROUND SEWER LINE INVERT 1 - 4 YES LINE SUB
8080 - 8083 24" ROUND SEWER LINE INVERT 1 - 4 YES LINE SUB 8080 - 8083 24" ROUND SEWER LINE INVERT 1 - 4 YES LINE SUB
8090 - 8093 30" ROUND SEWER LINE INVERT 1 - 4 YES LINE SUB 8090 - 8093 30" ROUND SEWER LINE INVERT 1 - 4 YES LINE SUB
8100 - 8103 36" ROUND SEWER LINE INVERT 1 - 4 YES LINE SUB 8100 - 8103 36" ROUND SEWER LINE INVERT 1 - 4 YES LINE SUB
8110 - 8113 42" ROUND SEWER LINE INVERT 1 - 4 YES LINE SUB 8110 - 8113 42" ROUND SEWER LINE INVERT 1 - 4 YES LINE SUB
8120 - 8123 48" ROUND SEWER LINE INVERT 1 - 4 YES LINE SUB 8120 - 8123 48" ROUND SEWER LINE INVERT 1 - 4 YES LINE SUB
8130 - 8133 54" ROUND SEWER LINE INVERT 1 - 4 YES LINE SUB 8130 - 8133 54" ROUND SEWER LINE INVERT 1 - 4 YES LINE SUB
8140 - 8143 60" ROUND SEWER LINE INVERT 1 - 4 YES LINE SUB 8140 - 8143 60" ROUND SEWER LINE INVERT 1 - 4 YES LINE SUB
8150 - 8153 66" ROUND SEWER LINE INVERT 1 - 4 YES LINE SUB 8150 - 8153 66" ROUND SEWER LINE INVERT 1 - 4 YES LINE SUB
8160 - 8163 72" ROUND SEWER LINE INVERT 1 - 4 YES LINE SUB 8160 - 8163 72" ROUND SEWER LINE INVERT 1 - 4 YES LINE SUB
8170 - 8173 78" ROUND SEWER LINE INVERT 1 - 4 YES LINE SUB 8170 - 8173 78" ROUND SEWER LINE INVERT 1 - 4 YES LINE SUB
8180 - 8183 84" ROUND SEWER LINE INVERT 1 - 4 YES LINE SUB 8180 - 8183 84" ROUND SEWER LINE INVERT 1 - 4 YES LINE SUB
8190 - 8193 90" ROUND SEWER LINE INVERT 1 - 4 YES LINE SUB 8190 - 8193 90" ROUND SEWER LINE INVERT 1 - 4 YES LINE SUB
8200 - 8203 96" ROUND SEWER LINE INVERT 1 - 4 YES LINE SUB 8200 - 8203 96" ROUND SEWER LINE INVERT 1 - 4 YES LINE SUB
8210 - 8213 108" ROUND SEWER LINE INVERT 1 - 4 YES LINE SUB 8210 - 8213 108" ROUND SEWER LINE INVERT 1 - 4 YES LINE SUB
8220 - 8223 114" ROUND SEWER LINE INVERT 1 - 4 YES LINE SUB 8220 - 8223 114" ROUND SEWER LINE INVERT 1 - 4 YES LINE SUB
8230 - 8233 120" ROUND SEWER LINE INVERT 1 - 4 YES LINE SUB 8230 - 8233 120" ROUND SEWER LINE INVERT 1 - 4 YES LINE SUB

27
 PART 3
CONTROL CODE
DETAILS

28
CLOSE
The close code will join from the current point to the first point in the sequence of points that have the same code as
the current point.

1 2
440 ST 440

BUILDING ON SLAB

6 5
440 CLOSE 440

4 3
440 440

29
CLSRECT
When three points on a rectangular figure have been observed , this code is used for automatic computation of the
fourth corner.

Control codes that compute unobserved points can not be used on dtm features.

1 2
450 ST 450

MOBILE HOME

3
450 CLSRECT

The x,y and z coordinates for the fourth unobserved corner

of the feature will be computed and drawn as shown.

30
DIST
By entering a NOTE record with this code and the measured dimensions around a figure the coordinates of each
corner represented by the measured dimensions will be computed .

Control codes that compute unobserved points can not be used on dtm features.

1 2
450 ST 450

BUILDING ON PIERS

3
450 DIST -
(note) 25 10 -25 -15

31
JPT
By entering this code followed by any point number a line is drawn from the current point to the specified point. The
line style will be that of the current point.

6 4
60 JPT 5 60

DEAD END ROAD

5 3
61 61

1 2
61 ST 60 ST

32
PC
Starts a smooth curve tangent to the preceding tangent.

1 2
490 ST 490 PC

3
490

4
CONCRETE 490

5
490

33
PC NT
Starts a smooth curve nontangent to a preceding tangent.

6 7
100 PT 100

5
100

4 CURB
100

3 2 1
100 PC NT 100 100 ST

34
PT
Ends a smooth curve tangent to the tangent ahead.

4 5
490 PT 490

3
490

2 CONCRETE
490

1
490 ST PC

35
PT NT
Ends a smooth curve nontangent to the tangent ahead.

1 2
100 ST 100 PC

3
100

4
CURB 100

7 6 5
100 100 100 PT NT

36
ST
Starts a new line sequence. Suppresses the join feature from a previous point of the same code to the current point.
Starts a join sequence that can be utilized by the CLOSE and CLSRECT control codes.

1 2
470 ST 470

SIDEWALK

6 5
470 470

4 3
470 ST 470

37
TMPL
This code allows the definition of a three dimensional template. This definition is accomplished by entering this
code at the start of a line that will be a part of the template and then observing the start points of the other lines that
define the template. After the template is defined only the start line of the template need be observed for the entire
length of the structure represented by the template.

To end the template, enter a new 100ST, 101ST or 102ST.

1 4 5 6
100 ST TMPL 100 100 100

2
101 ST

3
102 ST

38
 PART 4
FEATURE CODE
DETAILS

39
PRIMARY CONTROL POINT
CODE 1

The “primary control point” code is used for a point whose elevation and x and y state plane coordinates are known.

These points will not be adjusted in any adjustments to a traverse run to and/or from them. Any

documentation of points used should be delivered to Headquarters along with the finished survey data.

All primary control points used in a traverse must be described and referenced in the electronic survey data files.

Attributes;
SIZE The diameter of the point. Measured as a decimal of the project working units.

IE: 0.50, 0.75

MATRL The material that the point is made of.

IE: BRASS DISK IN CONCRETE, IRON ROD, COTTON PICKER SPINDLE

PT.NAME The name assigned to the point if applicable.

IE: 12V99, GPS1, DOTD1

DTM;
This point will not be used as a dtm point.

Observation requirements;
When this point is occupied by the instrument as a station of the survey control traverse,
the instrument must be set to the fine measuring mode and two full positions measured
(F1, F2, F2, F1 – F1, F2, F2, F1).

40
HORIZONTAL CONTROL POINT
CODE 2
The “horizontal control point” code is used for a point whose x and y state plane coordinates only
are known.

These points will not be adjusted for x and y in any adjustments to a traverse run to and/or from them.

These points will require running levels from other points of known elevation to determine an elevation for the
point.

Any documentation of points used and level notes recorded in a level book should be delivered to Headquarters
along with the finished survey data.

All horizontal control points used in a traverse must be described and referenced in the electronic survey data files.

Attributes;
SIZE The diameter of the point. Measured as a decimal of the project working units.

IE: 0.50, 0.75

MATRL The material that the point is made of.

IE: BRASS DISK IN CONCRETE, IRON ROD, COTTON PICKER SPINDLE

PT.NAME The name assigned to the point if applicable.

IE: 12V99, GPS1, DOTD1

DTM;
This point will not be used as a dtm point.

Observation requirements;
When this point is occupied by the instrument as a station of the survey control traverse,
the instrument must be set to the fine measuring mode and two full positions measured
(F1, F2, F2, F1 – F1, F2, F2, F1).

41
CONTROL BENCHMARK
CODE 3
The “Control Benchmark” code is used for a control point whose elevation only is known.

Any documentation of points used should be delivered to Headquarters along with the finished survey data.

All control benchmarks located by total station must be described and referenced in the
electronic survey data files.

Attributes;
SIZE The diameter of the point. Measured as a decimal of the project working units.

IE: 0.50, 0.75

MATRL The material that the point is made of.

IE: BRASS DISK IN CONCRETE, IRON ROD, COTTON PICKER SPINDLE

PT.NAME The name assigned to the point if applicable.

IE: 12V99, GPS1, DOTD1

DTM;
This point will not be used as a dtm point.

Observation requirements;
When this point is observed by the instrument, the instrument must be set to the fine
measuring mode and one observation will be measured to the point in F1 of the instrument.

The elevation of all vertical control points located by total station must be overwritten with the elevation published
for the point .

Level notes recorded in a level book should be delivered to Headquarters along with the finished survey data.

42
TEMPORARY BENCHMARK
CODE 4
The “temporary benchmark” code is used for a point that is set in the field for the purpose of monumenting
vertical control.

This point should be an iron rod if set in the ground, a cotton picker spindle or pk and/or mag nail if set in asphalt,
an x chisled if set in concrete, a railroad spike or 60d nail if set in a tree, whenever possible. This point should be set
outside of the limits of construction whenever possible. Avoid the use of utility structures such as power poles and
fire hydrants whenever possible.

All temporary benchmarks located by total station must be described and referenced in the
electronic survey data files.

Attributes;
SIZE The diameter of the point. Measured as a decimal of the project working units.

IE: 0.50, 0.75, 60D

MATRL The material that the point is made of.

IE: IRON ROD, COTTON PICKER SPINDLE, NAIL, X CHISLED, RR SPIKE

WHERE Description of points location.

IE: IN POWER POLE, IN ROOT OF TREE, END OF HEADWALL

PT.NAME Point name

IE: TBM 1, TBM 2, TBM 3

DTM;
This point will not be used as a dtm point.

Observation requirements;
When this point is observed by the instrument, the instrument must be set to the fine
measuring mode and one observation will be measured to the point in F1 of the instrument.
The total station computed elevation of these points will not be accurate enough for vertical control . It will be
necessary to run conventional levels to these points and overwrite the total station elevation with the conventional
level elevation. Level notes recorded in a level book should be delivered to Headquarters along with the finished
survey data when applicable.

43
TRAVERSE POINT
CODE 5

The “traverse point” code is used for a point that is set in the field and is occupied as a station of the
survey control traverse.

The x, and y state plane coordinates of these points will be adjusted if adjustment to the traverse is determined to be
necessary.

This point should be an iron rod if set in the ground, a cotton picker spindle if set
in asphalt, a concrete nail if set in concrete, whenever possible.

This point is to be described and referenced in the electronic survey data file.

Attributes;
SIZE The diameter of the point. Measured as a decimal of the project working units.

IE: 0.50, 0.75, 60D

MATRL The material that the point is made of.

IE: IRON ROD, COTTON PICKER SPINDLE, NAIL

DTM;
This point will not be used as a dtm point.

Observation requirements;
When this point is occupied by the instrument as a station of the survey control traverse,
the instrument must be set to the fine measuring mode and two full positions measured
(F1, F2, F2, F1 – F1, F2, F2, F1).

The elevations of traverse points produced by a survey total station are not accurate enough for survey control
therefore they must be overwritten by elevations determined by conventional leveling. Level notes recorded in a
level book should be delivered to Headquarters along with the finished survey data.

44
TOPO POINT
CODE 6

The “topo point” code is used for a point that is set in the field to be used as an instrument setup or backsite
while collecting survey topography.

This point should be a 60d nail if set in the ground, a concrete nail, mag nail, or pk nail if set in concrete or asphalt,
whenever possible.

This point is to be described in the electronic survey data file.

Attributes;
SIZE The size of the point.

IE: 60D

MATRL The material that the point is made of.

IE: NAIL

DTM;
This point will not be used as a dtm point.

Observation requirements;
When this point is set the instrument must be set to the fine measuring mode and one full position measured
(F1, F2, F2, F1).

The total station computed elevation of these points will not be accurate enough for vertical control . It will be
necessary to run conventional levels to these points and overwrite the total station elevation with the conventional
level elevation.

Level notes recorded in a level book should be delivered to Headquarters along with the finished survey data when
applicable.

45
CONTROL POINT REFERENCE MARK
CODE 7

The “control point reference mark” code is used for a point that is set in the field to be used to relocate other survey
control points (codes 1 through 5).

This point should be set in such a manner that a person could easily hold the end of a measuring tape
to the mark and measure to the location of the point being referenced.

This point is to be described in the electronic survey data file.

Attributes;
SIZE The size of the point.

IE: 10D

MATRL The material that the point is made of.

IE: NAIL AND BOTTLE CAP

WHERE Description of points location.

IE: IN TRUNK OF OAK, IN POWER POLE

DTM;
This point will not be used as a dtm point.

Observation requirements;
When this point is observed by the instrument, the instrument must be set to the fine
measuring mode and one observation will be measured to the point in F1 of the instrument.

A JPT control code should be used to draw a line to the point being referenced.

46
PHOTO TARGET
CODE 8

The “photo target” code is used for a point that represents the center point of an aerial photography
photo target.

This point is to be described in the electronic survey data file.

Attributes;
SIZE The size of the target. Measured as a decimal of the project working units.

IE: 2.0 X 16.0 CROSS

MATRL The material that the point is made of.

IE: SHEETROCK, PLASTIC

DTM;
This point will not be used as a dtm point.

Observation requirements;
When this point is observed by the instrument, the instrument must be set to the fine
measuring mode and one observation will be measured to the point in F1 of the instrument.

47
TRAVERSE CLOSING POINT
CODE 9

The “traverse closing point” code is used at the end of a closed traverse for observations to previously numbered
closing traverse points.

This point is to be described in the electronic survey data file.

Attributes;
PT.NAME The original point number of the closing point

IE: 1, 2, 3, 4

DTM;
This point will not be used as a dtm point.

Observation requirements;
When this point is occupied by the instrument as a station of the survey control traverse,
the instrument must be set to the fine measuring mode and two full positions measured
(F1, F2, F2, F1 – F1, F2, F2, F1).

48
FIELD SURVEY POINT OF CURVATURE
CODE 20

The “field survey point of curvature” code is used for a point that is set in the field for the purpose of
monumenting the PC of a field survey alignment (codes25 through 30).

This point should be an iron rod if set in the ground, a cotton picker spindle if set in asphalt, a concrete nail if set in
concrete, whenever possible.

This point is to be described and referenced in the electronic survey data file.

Attributes
SIZE The diameter of the point. Measured as a decimal of the project working units.

IE: 0.50, 0.75

MATRL The material that the point is made of.

IE: IRON ROD, COTTON PICKER SPINDLE

DTM;
This point will not be used as a dtm point.

Observation requirements;
When this point is observed by the instrument, the instrument must be set to the fine
measuring mode and one observation will be measured to the point in F1 of the instrument.

49
FIELD SURVEY POINT OF INTERSECTION
CODE 21

The “field survey point of intersection” code is used for a point that is set in the field for the purpose of
monumenting the PI of a field survey alignment (codes 25 through 30).

This point should be an iron rod if set in the ground, a cotton picker spindle if set in asphalt, a concrete nail if set in
concrete, whenever possible.

This point is to be described and referenced in the electronic survey data file.

Attributes;
SIZE The diameter of the point. Measured as a decimal of the project working units.

IE: 0.50, 0.75

MATRL The material that the point is made of.

IE: IRON ROD, COTTON PICKER SPINDLE

DTM;
This point will not be used as a dtm point.

Observation requirements;
When this point is observed by the instrument, the instrument must be set to the fine
measuring mode and one observation will be measured to the point in F1 of the instrument.

50
FIELD SURVEY POINT OF TANGENCY
CODE 22

The “field survey point of tangency” code is used for a point that is set in the field for the purpose of
monumenting the PT of a field survey alignment (codes 25 through 30).

This point should be an iron rod if set in the ground, a cotton picker spindle if set
in asphalt, a concrete nail if set in concrete, whenever possible.

This point is to be described and referenced in the electronic survey data file.

Attributes;
SIZE The diameter of the point. Measured as a decimal of the project working units.

IE: 0.50, 0.75

MATRL The material that the point is made of.

IE: IRON ROD, COTTON PICKER SPINDLE

DTM;
This point will not be used as a dtm point.

Observation requirements;
When this point is observed by the instrument, the instrument must be set to the fine
measuring mode and one observation will be measured to the point in F1 of the instrument.

51
FIELD SURVEY POINT ON TANGENT
CODE 23

The “field survey point on tangent” code is used for a point that is set in the field for the purpose of
monumenting the POT of a field survey alignment (codes 25 through 30).

This point should be an iron rod if set in the ground, a cotton picker spindle if set
in asphalt, a concrete nail if set in concrete, whenever possible.

This point is to be described and referenced in the electronic survey data file.

Attributes;
SIZE The diameter of the point. Measured as a decimal of the project working units.

IE: 0.50, 0.75

MATRL The material that the point is made of.

IE: IRON ROD, COTTON PICKER SPINDLE

DTM;
This point will not be used as a dtm point.

Observation requirements;
When this point is observed by the instrument, the instrument must be set to the fine
measuring mode and one observation will be measured to the point in F1 of the instrument.

52
VERIFICATION OBSERVATION POINT
CODE 24

The “verification observation point” code is used for observations to previously numbered control points
for the purpose of verifying position and/or error checking.

This point is to be described in the electronic survey data file.

Attributes;
PT.NAME The original point number of the point observed.

IE: 1, 2, 3, 4

DTM;
This point will not be used as a dtm point.

Observation requirements;
When this point is observed by the instrument, the instrument must be set to the fine
measuring mode and one observation will be measured to the point in F1 of the instrument.

53
FIELD SURVEY ALIGNMENT
CODES 25 THROUGH 30

The “field survey alignment” code is used for a line that is monumented in the field to be used for linear reference
along a project.

This line may be computed and monumented as a best fit to an existing roadway , or it may
be computed and monumented along a new route where there is no existing roadway. This line may also have been
computed and monumented in the past as a part of an earlier project.

Placing and monumenting an alignment is accomplished by setting points with codes 20 through 23 and using dual
codes to draw the alignment line.

DTM;
This line will not be used as a dtm feature.

Observation requirements;
When this point is observed by the instrument, the instrument must be set to the fine
measuring mode and one observation will be measured to the point in F1 of the instrument.

54
CROWN OF ROAD
CODES 47 THROUGH 54

The “crown of road” code is used for a line that represents a dtm breakline on the surface of the roadway.

This line may or maynot be along the centerline of the roadway. Some roadways will have a
crown that is offset to one side or the other. Some roadways have no crown at all, as they are flat from
road edge to road edge.

This line must be described in the electronic survey data file.

Attributes;
OWNER The owner of the roadway.

IE: STATE, CITY, PARISH, PRIVATE

NUMBER The road number if applicable.

IE: 16, 190, I-10

RD.NAME The road name if applicable.

IE: AIRLINE HWY, FLORIDA BLVD

MATRL The material that the road is made of.

IE: CONCRETE, ASPHALT, GRAVEL

DTM;
This line will be used as a dtm breakline of the surface.

Observation requirements;
When this point is observed by the instrument, the instrument may be set to either the fine
or the coarse measuring mode and one observation will be measured to the point in F1 of the instrument.

55
PAVEMENT EDGE
CODES 55 THROUGH 69

The “pavement edge” code is used for a line that represents the edge of the roadway pavement.

This line must be described in the electronic survey data file.

Attributes;
MATRL The material that the road is made of.

IE: CONCRETE, ASPHALT, GRAVEL

DTM;
This line will be used as a dtm breakline of the surface.

Observation requirements;
When this point is observed by the instrument, the instrument may be set to either the fine
or the coarse measuring mode and one observation will be measured to the point in F1 of the instrument.

56
SHOULDER EDGE
CODES 70 THROUGH 79

The “shoulder edge” code is used for a line that represents the edge of the roadway shoulder.

This line must be described in the electronic survey data file.

Attributes;
MATRL The material that the shoulder is made of.

IE: CONCRETE, ASPHALT, GRAVEL

DTM;
This line will be used as a dtm breakline of the surface.

Observation requirements;
When this point is observed by the instrument, the instrument may be set to either the fine
or the coarse measuring mode and one observation will be measured to the point in F1 of the instrument.

57
SLOPE TOE
CODES 80 THROUGH 89

The “slope toe” code is used for a line that represents the bottom edge of slope.

DTM;
This line will be used as a dtm breakline of the surface.

Observation requirements;
When this point is observed by the instrument, the instrument may be set to either the fine
or the coarse measuring mode and one observation will be measured to the point in F1 of the instrument.

58
CRASH WALL BASE
CODES 90 THROUGH 92

The “crash wall base” code is used for a line that represents the edge of the base at the ground of a crash wall.

This line must be described in the electronic survey data file.

Attributes;
MATRL The material that the wall is made of.

IE: CONCRETE, WOOD, METAL

DTM;
This line will be used as a dtm breakline of the surface.

Observation requirements;
When this point is observed by the instrument, the instrument may be set to either the fine
or the coarse measuring mode and one observation will be measured to the point in F1 of the instrument.

59
CRASH WALL TOP
CODES 93 THROUGH 95

The “crash wall top” code is used for a line that represents the top edge of a crash wall.

This line must be described in the electronic survey data file.

Attributes;
MATRL The material that the wall is made of.

IE: CONCRETE, WOOD, METAL

DTM;
This line will be used as a dtm breakline of the surface.

Observation requirements;
When this point is observed by the instrument, the instrument may be set to either the fine
or the coarse measuring mode and one observation will be measured to the point in F1 of the instrument.

60
CURB
CODES 100 THROUGH 119

The “curb” code is used for a line that represents one of the edges of a curb.

It will typically require the simultaneous use of several curb lines to define a curb.

This line must be described in the electronic survey data file.

Attributes;
MATRL The material that the curb is made of.

IE: CONCRETE, ASPHALT

TYPE Description of curb type.

IE: BARRIER, ROLL OVER, CURB AND GUTTER

DTM;
This line will be used as a dtm breakline of the surface.

Observation requirements;
When this point is observed by the instrument, the instrument may be set to either the fine
or the coarse measuring mode and one observation will be measured to the point in F1 of the instrument.

The control code TEMP is ideal for use with curbs and should be utilized whenever possible.

61
GUTTER
CODES 120 THROUGH 127

The “gutter” code is used for a line that represents one of the edges of an open gutter.

It will typically require the simultaneous use of several gutter lines to define a gutter.

This line must be described in the electronic survey data file.

Attributes;
MATRL The material that the curb is made of.

IE: CONCRETE, ASPHALT

TYPE Description of curve type

IE: CURB AND GUTTER, ROLL OVER

DTM;
This line will be used as a dtm breakline of the surface.

Observation requirements;
When this point is observed by the instrument, the instrument may be set to either the fine
or the coarse measuring mode and one observation will be measured to the point in F1 of the instrument.

The control code TEMP is ideal for use with gutters and should be utilized whenever possible.

62
CROWN OF BRIDGE DECK
CODES 130 THROUGH 133

The “crown of bridge deck” code is used for a line that represents the crown of the surface of the bridge deck.

This line may or maynot be along the centerline of the bridge deck. Some bridge decks will have a crown that is
offset to one side or the other. Some bridge decks have no crown at all, as they are flat from
deck edge to deck edge.

This line must be described in the electronic survey data file.

Attributes;
NUMBER The structure number of the bridge if applicable.

IE: 3900134588

MATRL The material that the bridge deck is made of.

IE: CONCRETE, ASPHALT, STEEL

DTM;
This line will not be used in the dtm.

Observation requirements;
When this point is observed by the instrument, the instrument may be set to either the fine
or the coarse measuring mode and one observation will be measured to the point in F1 of
the instrument.

It will be necessary to detail the surface under the bridge for the dtm utilizing any applicable
feature codes.

It will be necessary to make a sketch of the bridge in a conventional field book for use in determining cross sectional
clearances and areas.

63
BRIDGE DECK GUTTER LINE
CODES 134 THROUGH 139

The “bridge deck gutter line” code is used for a line that represents the gutter line of a bridge deck,
also described as edge of clear roadway.

This line must be described in the electronic survey data file.

Attributes;
MATRL The material that the bridge deck is made of.

IE: CONCRETE, ASPHALT, STEEL

DTM;
This line will not be used in the dtm.

Observation requirements;
When this point is observed by the instrument, the instrument may be set to either the fine
or the coarse measuring mode and one observation will be measured to the point in F1 of the instrument.

It will be necessary to detail the surface under the bridge for the dtm utilizing any applicable
feature codes.

It will be necessary to make a sketch of the bridge in a conventional field book for use in determining cross sectional
clearances and areas.

64
BRIDGE DECK EDGE
CODES 140 THROUGH 147

The “bridge deck edge” code is used for a line that represents the outside edge of a bridge deck.

This line must be described in the electronic survey data file.

Attributes;
MATRL The material that the bridge deck is made of.

IE: CONCRETE, ASPHALT, STEEL

DTM;
This line will not be used in the dtm.

Observation requirements;
When this point is observed by the instrument, the instrument may be set to either the fine
or the coarse measuring mode and one observation will be measured to the point in F1 of the instrument.

It will be necessary to detail the surface under the bridge for the dtm utilizing any applicable
feature codes.

It will be necessary to make a sketch of the bridge in a conventional field book for use in determining cross sectional
clearances and areas.

65
BRIDGE DECK JOINT
CODES 148 AND 149

The “bridge deck joint” code is used for a line that represents the edge of a bridge deck joint.

This line must be described in the electronic survey data file.

Attributes;
MATRL The material that the bridge deck joint is made of.

IE: CONCRETE, ASPHALT, STEEL

DTM;
This line will not be used in the dtm.

Observation requirements;
When this point is observed by the instrument, the instrument may be set to either the fine
or the coarse measuring mode and one observation will be measured to the point in F1 of the instrument.

66
BRIDGE CURB
CODES 150 THROUGH 159

The “bridge curb” code is used for a line that represents one of the edges of a bridge curb.

It will typically require the simultaneous use of several bridge curb lines to define a bridge curb.

This line must be described in the electronic survey data file.

Attributes;
MATRL The material that the bridge curb is made of.

IE: CONCRETE, ASPHALT

TYPE Description of bridge curb type.

IE: BARRIER, ROLL OVER, CURB AND GUTTER

DTM;
This line will not be used in the dtm.

Observation requirements;
When this point is observed by the instrument, the instrument may be set to either the fine
or the coarse measuring mode and one observation will be measured to the point in F1 of the instrument.

The control code TEMP is ideal for use with bridge curbs and should be utilized whenever possible.

67
BRIDGE RAIL
CODES 160 THROUGH 167

The “bridge rail” code is used for a line that represents one of the edges of a formed concrete bridge rail.

It will typically require the simultaneous use of several bridge rail lines to define a bridge rail.

This line must be described in the electronic survey data file.

Attributes;
MATRL The material that the bridge rail is made of.

IE: CONCRETE

DTM;
This line will not be used in the dtm.

Observation requirements;
When this point is observed by the instrument, the instrument may be set to either the fine
or the coarse measuring mode and one observation will be measured to the point in F1 of the instrument.

The control code TEMP is ideal for use with bridge rails and should be utilized whenever possible.

68
TOP OF BRIDGE BENT CAP
CODES 168 AND 169

The “top of bridge bent cap” code is used for a line that represents the top edge of a bridge bent cap.

This line must be described in the electronic survey data file.

Attributes;
MATRL The material that the bridge bent cap is made of.

IE: CONCRETE, STEEL, WOOD

DTM;
This line will not be used in the dtm.

Observation requirements;
When this point is observed by the instrument, the instrument may be set to either the fine
or the coarse measuring mode and one observation will be measured to the point in F1 of the instrument.

69
BRIDGE HEADWALL TOP CL
CODES 170 THROUGH 173

The “bridge headwall top cl” code is used for a line that represents the centerline of the top of a bridge headwall.

This line must be described in the electronic survey data file.

Attributes;
WIDTH The width of the headwall. Measured as a decimal of the project working units.

IE: 0.50, 0.75, 1.50

MATRL The material that the bridge headwall is made of.

IE: CONCRETE , WOOD

DTM;
This line will be used as a dtm breakline of the surface.

Observation requirements;
When this point is observed by the instrument, the instrument may be set to either the fine
or the coarse measuring mode and one observation will be measured to the point in F1 of the instrument.

It will typically require the use of dtm breaklines (codes 300 through 311) at the base of a
bridge headwall.

70
BRIDGE WINGWALL TOP CL
CODES 175 THROUGH 178

The “bridge wingwall top cl” code is used for a line that represents the centerline of the top of a bridge wingwall.

This line must be described in the electronic survey data file.

Attributes;
WIDTH The width of the wingwall. Measured as a decimal of the project working units.

IE: 0.50, 0.75, 1.50

MATRL The material that the bridge wingwall is made of.

IE: CONCRETE , WOOD

DTM;
This line will be used as a dtm breakline of the surface.

Observation requirements;
When this point is observed by the instrument, the instrument may be set to either the fine
or the coarse measuring mode and one observation will be measured to the point in F1 of the instrument.

It will typically require the use of dtm breaklines (codes 300 through 311) at the base of a
bridge wingwall.

71
GUARDRAIL CENTERLINE
CODES 180 THROUGH 183

The “guardrail centerline” code is used for a line that represents the centerline of the top or the base of a guardrail.

This line must be described in the electronic survey data file.

Attributes;
MATRL The material that the guardrail is made of.

IE: WOOD AND STEEL, WOOD, METAL

DTM;
This line will not be used as a dtm feature.

Observation requirements;
When this point is observed by the instrument, the instrument may be set to either the fine
or the coarse measuring mode and one observation will be measured to the point in F1 of the instrument.

72
BRIDGE PILE POINT SQUARE
CODE 184

The “bridge pile point square” code is used for a point that represents the center of a single square bridge pile.

This code is to be used to locate a single square bridge pile with only one observation.

If less detail is required, use code 187 "bridge pile (line)".

This point is to be described in the electronic survey data file.

Attributes;
SIZE The size of the pile. Measured as a decimal of the project working units.

IE: 2.0 X 2.0, 2.5 X 2.5

MATRL The material that the pile is made of.

IE: WOOD, STEEL, CONCRETE

DTM;
This point will not be used as a dtm feature.

Observation requirements;
When this point is observed by the instrument, the instrument may be set to either the fine
or the coarse measuring mode and one observation will be measured to the point in F1 of the instrument.

The offset function of the data collector should be utilized to locate the center of the pile.

73
BRIDGE PILE POINT ROUND
CODE 185

The “bridge pile point round” code is used for a point that represents the center of a single round bridge pile.

This code is to be used to locate a single round bridge pile with only one observation.

If less detail is required, use code 187 "bridge pile (line)".

This point is to be described in the electronic survey data file.

Attributes;
DIA The diameter of the pile. Measured as a decimal of the project working units.

IE: 2.0, 2.5, 3.0

MATRL The material that the pile is made of.

IE: WOOD, STEEL, CONCRETE

DTM;
This point will not be used as a dtm feature.

Observation requirements;
When this point is observed by the instrument, the instrument may be set to either the fine
or the coarse measuring mode and one observation will be measured to the point in F1 of the instrument.

The offset function of the data collector should be utilized to locate the center of the pile.

74
BRIDGE PILE (CLOSED)
CODE 186

The “bridge pile (closed)” code is used for a line that represents the outline of a single large bridge pile.

If less detail is required, use code 187 "bridge pile (line)".

This line is to be described in the electronic survey data file.

Attributes;
MATRL The material that the pile is made of.

IE: WOOD, STEEL, CONCRETE

DTM;
This line will not be used as a dtm feature.

Observation requirements;
When this point is observed by the instrument, the instrument may be set to either the fine
or the coarse measuring mode and one observation will be measured to the point in F1 of the instrument.

75
BRIDGE PILE (LINE)
CODES 187 AND 189 THROUGH 194

The “bridge pile (line)” code is used for a line that represents the centerline of a row of bridge piles.

This code can be used as a closed figure to locate a cluster of piles.

In the event of a complex array of piles, such as a cluster, it may be necessary to make a sketch of the
piles in a conventional field book.

This line is to be described in the electronic survey data file.

Attributes;
DIA The diameter of the piles. Measured as a decimal of the project working units.

IE: 2.0, 2.5, 3.0

MATRL The material that the piles are made of.

IE: WOOD, STEEL, CONCRETE

NO.PILES The number of piles in the row or cluster.

IE: 6, 8, 9

DTM;
This line will not be used as a dtm feature.

Observation requirements;
When this point is observed by the instrument, the instrument may be set to either the fine
or the coarse measuring mode and one observation will be measured to the point in F1 of the instrument.

The offset function of the total station should be utilized to locate the true centerline of the
row of piles.

76
BOTTOM OF STRINGER ELEVATION
CODE 188

The “bottom of stringer elevation” code is used for a point that represents the location of the bottom of the bridge
stringer.

This point will be utilized to determine overhead clearance.

This point was called “cap elevation shot” in previous feature code libraries.

DTM;
This point will not be used as a dtm feature.

Observation requirements;
When this point is observed by the instrument, the instrument may be set to either the fine
or the coarse measuring mode and one observation will be measured to the point in F1 of the instrument.

77
BRIDGE FOOTING
CODES 195 THROUGH 199

The “bridge footing” code is used for a line that represents the edge of a bridge footing.

This line is to be described in the electronic survey data file.

Attribute;
MATRL The material that the footing is made of.

IE: CONCRETE

DTM;
This line will be used as a dtm breakline of the surface.

Observation requirements;
When this point is observed by the instrument, the instrument may be set to either the fine
or the coarse measuring mode and one observation will be measured to the point in F1 of the instrument.

78
WATER BODY CENTERLINE
CODES 200 THROUGH 203

The “water body centerline” code is used for a line that represents the centerline of a stream or river.

This line is different from the ditch centerline in that it typically applies to a crossing channel
usually with a continuous flow of water.

This line must be described in the electronic survey data file.

Attributes;
INFO Any applicable descriptive information.

IE: ALLIGATOR BAYOU, BOEUF BAYOU

DTM;
This line will be used as a dtm breakline of the surface.

Observation requirements;
When this point is observed by the instrument, the instrument may be set to either the fine
or the coarse measuring mode and one observation will be measured to the point in F1 of the instrument.

79
WATER BODY BANK
CODES 210 THROUGH 217

The “water body bank” code is used for a line that represents the bank of a stream or river.

There may be more than one bank on each side of the stream or river.

This line is different from the ditch bank code in that it typically applies to a crossing channel usually with a
continuous flow of water.

DTM;
This line will be used as a dtm breakline of the surface.

Observation requirements;
When this point is observed by the instrument, the instrument may be set to either the fine
or the coarse measuring mode and one observation will be measured to the point in F1 of the instrument.

80
WATER’S EDGE
CODES 220 THROUGH 227

The “water’s edge” code is used for a line that represents the edge of the water of a stream or river that has
a continuous flow of water.

This line must be described in the electronic survey data file.

Attributes;
WB.NAME The name of the stream or river.

IE: MISSISSIPPI RIVER, BOEUF BAYOU

DTM;
This line will be used as a dtm breakline of the surface.

Observation requirements;
When this point is observed by the instrument, the instrument may be set to either the fine
or the coarse measuring mode and one observation will be measured to the point in F1 of the instrument.

81
SWAMP LINE
CODES 230 THROUGH 233

The “swamp line” code is used for a line that represents the edge of a swamp.

DTM;
This line will be used as a dtm breakline of the surface.

Observation requirements;
When this point is observed by the instrument, the instrument may be set to either the fine
or the coarse measuring mode and one observation will be measured to the point in F1 of the instrument.

82
MARSH LINE
CODES 240 THROUGH 243

The “marsh line” code is used for a line that represents the edge of a marsh.

DTM;
This line will be used as a dtm breakline of the surface.

Observation requirements;
When this point is observed by the instrument, the instrument may be set to either the fine
or the coarse measuring mode and one observation will be measured to the point in F1 of the instrument.

83
HIGH WATER MARK
CODE 245

The “high water mark” code is used for a point that represents the high elevation of the water at a bridge
or cross drain.

This point should be identified by the best evidence available at the site. High water markings on bridge piles,
testimony of local residents, marks set and identified by local residents, surveyors, and/or local officials are all
examples of types of evidence of high water.

This point must be described in the electronic survey data file.

Attributes;
INFO Any applicable descriptive information.

IE: WATER MARK ON PILE, LOCAL RESIDENT TESTOMONY

DTM;
This point will not be used as a dtm feature.

Observation requirements;
When this point is observed by the instrument, the instrument may be set to either the fine
or the coarse measuring mode and one observation will be measured to the point in F1 of the instrument.

84
TOP OF WATER ELEVATION
CODE 246

The “top of water elevation” code is used for a point that represents the elevation of the surface of the water of a
water body at a single point.

DTM;
This point will not be used as a dtm feature.

Observation requirements;
When this point is observed by the instrument, the instrument may be set to either the fine
or the coarse measuring mode and one observation will be measured to the point in F1 of the instrument.

85
PIPE CULVERT INVERT
CODES 250 THROUGH 255

The “pipe culvert invert” code is used for a line that represents the centerline of a pipe culvert at it’s invert.

In the event a pipe culvert is silted in, it will be necessary to dig out the silt at each point
observed to locate the true invert of the pipe.

A pipe culvert invert is different than a pipe crossdrain invert in that the pipe culvert
does not cross the road and a pipe crossdrain does.

This line must be described in the electronic survey data file.

Attributes;
SIZE The diameter of the pipe. Measured as a decimal of the project working units.

IE: 1.5, 2.0, 2.5, 3.0

MATRL The material that the pipe is made of.

IE: CMP, RCP, METAL ARCH

DTM; See note below.

Observation requirements;
When this point is observed by the instrument, the instrument may be set to either the fine
or the coarse measuring mode and one observation will be measured to the point in F1 of the instrument.

NOTE; New codes numbered between 2000 and 2285, round pipe culvert invert (sized) and codes numbered
between 2600 and 3035, arch pipe culvert invert (sized), have been created to use in place of codes 250 through 255.

Codes 250 through 255 remain in the feature code library so that old survey data using these codes will still work
with added functionality. These lines will be used as dtm features however they will not be used for the surface.
These lines will automatically display in a cross section and/or profile as an arrow head pointer whose point is
located at the invert of the pipe.

86
PIPE CROSSDRAIN INVERT
CODES 260 THROUGH 263

The “pipe crossdrain invert” code is used for a line that represents the centerline of a pipe crossdrain
at it’s invert.

In the event a pipe crossdrain is silted in, it will be necessary to dig out the silt at each point
observed to locate the true invert of the pipe.

A pipe crossdrain invert is different than a pipe culvert invert in that the pipe crossdrain
crosses the road and a pipe culvert does not.

This line must be described in the electronic survey data file.

Attributes;
SIZE The diameter of the pipe. Measured as a decimal of the project working units.

IE: 1.5, 2.0, 2.5, 3.0

MATRL The material that the pipe is made of.

IE: CMP, RCP, METAL ARCH

DTM; See note below.

Observation requirements;
When this point is observed by the instrument, the instrument may be set to either the fine
or the coarse measuring mode and one observation will be measured to the point in F1 of the instrument.

NOTE; New codes numbered between 2300 and 2583, round pipe crossdrain invert (sized) and codes numbered
between 3040 and 3258, arch pipe crossdrain invert (sized), have been created to use in place of codes 260 through
263.

Codes 260 through 263 remain in the feature code library so that old survey data using these codes will still work
with added functionality. These lines will be used as dtm features however they will not be used for the surface.
These lines will automatically display in a cross section and/or profile as an arrow head pointer whose point is
located at the invert of the pipe.

87
BOX CULVERT INVERT
CODES 265 THROUGH 268
The “box culvert invert” code is used for a line that represents the outline of a box culvert at it’s invert.

The use of this code will typically result in a 4 sided closed figure .

In the event a box culvert is silted in, it will be necessary to dig out the silt at each point
observed to locate the true inverts of the box.

A box culvert invert is different than a box crossdrain invert in that the box culvert
does not cross the road and a box crossdrain does.

This line must be described in the electronic survey data file.

Attributes;
MATRL The material that the box is made of.

IE: CONCRETE

NO.OPEN The number of openings.

IE: 1, 2, 3, 4

WIDTH The width of the openings of the box. Measured as a decimal of the project working units.

IE: 1.5, 2.0, 2.5, 3.0

HEIGHT The height of the openings of the box. Measured as a decimal of the project working units.

IE: 1.5, 2.0, 2.5, 3.0

DTM; See note below

Observation requirements;
When this point is observed by the instrument, the instrument may be set to either the fine
or the coarse measuring mode and one observation will be measured to the point in F1 of the instrument.

NOTE; New codes numbered between 5000 and 5203, box culvert invert (sized), have been created to use in place
of codes 265 through 268.

Codes 265 through 268 remain in the feature code library so that old survey data using these codes will still work
with added functionality. These lines will be used as dtm features however they will not be used for the surface.
These lines will automatically display in a cross section and/or profile as an arrow head pointer whose point is
located at the invert of the box.

88
BOX CROSSDRAIN INVERT
CODES 270 THROUGH 273
The “box crossdrain invert” code is used for a line that represents the outline of a box crossdrain
at it’s invert.

The use of this code will typically result in a 4 sided closed figure .

In the event a box crossdrain is silted in, it will be necessary to dig out the silt at each point
observed to locate the true inverts of the box.

A box crossdrain invert is different than a box culvert invert in that the box crossdrain
crosses the road and a box culvert does not.

This line must be described in the electronic survey data file.

Attributes;
MATRL The material that the box is made of.

IE: CONCRETE

NO.OPEN The number of openings.

IE: 1, 2, 3, 4

WIDTH The width of the openings of the box. Measured as a decimal of the project working units.

IE: 1.5, 2.0, 2.5, 3.0

HEIGHT The height of the openings of the box. Measured as a decimal of the project working units.

IE: 1.5, 2.0, 2.5, 3.0

DTM; See note below

Observation requirements;
When this point is observed by the instrument, the instrument may be set to either the fine
or the coarse measuring mode and one observation will be measured to the point in F1 of the instrument.

NOTE; New codes numbered between 5300 and 5503, box crossdrain invert (sized), have been created to use in
place of codes 270 through 273.

Codes 270 through 273 remain in the feature code library so that old survey data using these codes will still work
with added functionality. These lines will be used as dtm features however they will not be used for the surface.
These lines will automatically display in a cross section and/or profile as an arrow head pointer whose point is
located at the invert of the box.

89
DRAINAGE HEADWALL TOP CL
CODES 275 THROUGH 278

The “drainage headwall top cl” code is used for a line that represents the centerline of the top of a
drainage headwall.

This line must be described in the electronic survey data file.

Attributes;
WIDTH The width of the headwall. Measured as a decimal of the project working units.

IE: 0.50, 0.75, 1.50

MATRL The material that the headwall is made of.

IE: CONCRETE , WOOD

DTM;
This line will be used as a dtm breakline of the surface.

Observation requirements;
When this point is observed by the instrument, the instrument may be set to either the fine
or the coarse measuring mode and one observation will be measured to the point in F1 of the instrument.

It will typically require the use of dtm breaklines (codes 300 through 311) at the base of a
drainage headwall.

90
DRAINAGE WINGWALL TOP CL
CODES 280 THROUGH 283

The “drainage wingwall top cl” code is used for a line that represents the centerline of the top of a
drainage wingwall.

This line must be described in the electronic survey data file.

Attributes;
WIDTH The width of the wingwall. Measured as a decimal of the project working units.

IE: 0.50, 0.75, 1.50

MATRL The material that the wingwall is made of.

IE: CONCRETE , WOOD

DTM;
This line will be used as a dtm breakline of the surface.

Observation requirements;
When this point is observed by the instrument, the instrument may be set to either the fine
or the coarse measuring mode and one observation will be measured to the point in F1 of the instrument.

It will typically require the use of dtm breaklines (codes 300 through 311) at the base of a
drainage wingwall.

91
CATCH BASIN TOP (POINT)
CODE 285

The “catch basin top (point)” code is used for a point that represents the top center of a single catch basin.

This code is to be used to locate a single catch basin with only one observation.

If more detail is required, use code 286 “catch basin top (closed)”.

This point is to be described in the electronic survey data file.

Attributes;
MATRL The material that the catch basin is made of.

IE: STEEL, CONCRETE, BRICK

SIZE The length and width of the catch basin. Measured as a decimal of the project working units.

IE: 2.0 X 4.0, 1.5 X 3.5

DTM;
This point will be used as a dtm feature.

Observation requirements;
When this point is observed by the instrument, the instrument may be set to either the fine
or the coarse measuring mode and one observation will be measured to the point in F1 of the instrument.

92
CATCH BASIN TOP (CLOSED)
CODE 286

The “catch basin top (closed)” code is used for a line that represents the top outline of a catch basin.

The use of this code will typically result in a 4 sided closed figure.

If less detail is required, use code 285 “catch basin top (point)”.

This line is to be described in the electronic survey data file.

Attributes;
MATRL The material that the catch basin is made of.

IE: STEEL, CONCRETE, BRICK

DTM;
This line will be used as a dtm breakline of the surface.

Observation requirements;
When this point is observed by the instrument, the instrument may be set to either the fine
or the coarse measuring mode and one observation will be measured to the point in F1 of the instrument.

93
DROP INLET TOP (POINT)
CODE 290

The “drop inlet top (point)” code is used for a point that represents the top center of a single drop inlet.

This code is to be used to locate a single drop inlet with only one observation.

If more detail is required, use code 291 “drop inlet top (closed)”.

This point is to be described in the electronic survey data file.

Attributes;
MATRL The material that the drop inlet is made of.

IE: STEEL, CONCRETE, BRICK

SIZE The length and width of the drop inlet. Measured as a decimal of the project working units.

IE: 2.0 X 4.0, 1.5 X 3.5

DTM;
This point will be used as a dtm feature.

Observation requirements;
When this point is observed by the instrument, the instrument may be set to either the fine
or the coarse measuring mode and one observation will be measured to the point in F1 of the instrument.

94
DROP INLET TOP (CLOSED)
CODE 291

The “drop inlet top (closed)” code is used for a line that represents the top outline of a drop inlet.

The use of this code will typically result in a 4 sided closed figure.

If less detail is required, use code 290 “drop inlet top (point)”.

This line is to be described in the electronic survey data file.

Attributes;
MATRL The material that the drop inlet is made of.

IE: STEEL, CONCRETE, BRICK

DTM;
This line will be used as a dtm breakline of the surface.

Observation requirements;
When this point is observed by the instrument, the instrument may be set to either the fine
or the coarse measuring mode and one observation will be measured to the point in F1 of the instrument.

95
DRAINAGE MANHOLE TOP
CODE 295

The “drainage manhole top” code is used for a point that represents the top center of a single
drainage manhole.

This point is to be described in the electronic survey data file.

Attributes;
MATRL The material that the manhole is made of.

IE: STEEL, CONCRETE, BRICK

SIZE The length and width and/or diameter of the manhole. Measured as a decimal of the project
working units.

IE: 2.0 X 4.0, 1.5 X 3.5 , 3.0, 3.5

DTM;
This point will not be used as a dtm feature.

Observation requirements;
When this point is observed by the instrument, the instrument may be set to either the fine
or the coarse measuring mode and one observation will be measured to the point in F1 of the instrument.

96
DRAINAGE BOTTOM INVERT SHOT
CODE 296

The “drainage bottom invert shot” code is used for a point that represents the location of the bottom of a drainage
basin, inlet and/or manhole.

This point will determine the invert elevation of the structure.

DTM;
This point will not be used as a dtm feature.

Observation requirements;
When this point is observed by the instrument, the instrument may be set to either the fine
or the coarse measuring mode and one observation will be measured to the point in F1 of the instrument.

97
DRAINAGE PIPE INVERT SHOT
CODE 297

The “drainage pipe invert shot” code is used for a point that represents the location of the invert of one end of a
drainage pipe where the other end of the pipe falls outside the limits of the survey.

This point must be described in the electronic survey data file.

Attributes;
SIZE The diameter of the pipe. Measured as a decimal of the project working units.

IE: 1.5, 2.0, 2.5, 3.0

MATRL The material that the pipe is made of.

IE: CMP, RCP, METAL ARCH

DTM;
This point will not be used as a dtm feature.

Observation requirements;
When this point is observed by the instrument, the instrument may be set to either the fine
or the coarse measuring mode and one observation will be measured to the point in F1 of the instrument.

98
DTM BREAKLINE
CODES 300 THROUGH 324

The “dtm breakline” code is used for a line that represents an edge on the surface that has no other applicable code.

Dtm breaklines are abundant on most survey projects and are critical to define the true surface.

DTM;
This line will be used as a dtm breakline of the surface.

Observation requirements;
When this point is observed by the instrument, the instrument may be set to either the fine
or the coarse measuring mode and one observation will be measured to the point in F1 of the instrument.

99
ELEVATION SHOT
CODE 325

The “elevation shot” code is used for a point that represents the elevation of the surface at a single point.

DTM;
This point will be used as a dtm feature.

Observation requirements;
When this point is observed by the instrument, the instrument may be set to either the fine
or the coarse measuring mode and one observation will be measured to the point in F1 of the instrument.

100
SCANNED ELEVATION SHOT
CODE 326

The “scanned elevation shot” code is used for a point that represents the elevation of the surface at a single scanned
point. The cell placed by this code is small because of the tight pattern of points associated with scanning.

DTM;
This point will be used as a dtm feature.

Observation requirements;
When this point is observed by the instrument, the instrument may be set to either the fine
or the coarse measuring mode .

101
WATER BOTTOM SHOT
CODE 330

The “water bottom shot” code is used for a point that represents the elevation of the bottom of a water body, stream,
pond or lake at a single point.

This code is to be used for elevation shots underwater only.

DTM;
This point will be used as a dtm feature.

Observation requirements;
When this point is observed by the instrument, the instrument may be set to either the fine
or the coarse measuring mode and one observation will be measured to the point in F1 of the instrument.

102
WATER BOTTOM BREAKLINE
CODES 331 THROUGH 334

The “water bottom breakline” code is used for a line that represents an edge on the bottom of a water body that has
no other applicable code.

DTM;
This line will be used as a dtm breakline of the surface.

Observation requirements;
When this point is observed by the instrument, the instrument may be set to either the fine
or the coarse measuring mode and one observation will be measured to the point in F1 of the instrument.

103
FLOOD PROTECTION STRUCTURE TOP
CODES 335 THROUGH 339

The “flood protection structure top” code is used for a line that represents the top center of a flood protection
structure.

This line must be described in the electronic survey data file.

Attributes;
MATRL The material that the flood protection structure is made of.

IE: DIRT, CONCRETE

WIDTH The width of the flood protection structure as decimal of the woking units.

IE: 1.0, 1.5, 2.0

MOVE Is the flood protection structure moveable.

IE: YES, NO

INFO Information.

IE: POOR CONDITION, LEANING, GOOD CONDITION

DTM;
This line will be used as a dtm breakline of the surface.

Observation requirements;
When this point is observed by the instrument, the instrument may be set to either the fine
or the coarse measuring mode and one observation will be measured to the point in F1 of the instrument.
It will typically require the use of dtm breaklines (codes 300 through 311) or elevation shots (code 325) on the
ground at the base of the structure to adequately define the structure.

104
DITCH TOP
CODES 340 THROUGH 347

The “ditch top” code is used for a line that represents the top edge of a ditch.

Many times there will be more than one ditch edge on each side of the ditch.

This line is different from the “water body bank” code in that it typically applies to a drainage ditch which only has
a water flow after a rain.

DTM;
This line will be used as a dtm breakline of the surface.

Observation requirements;
When this point is observed by the instrument, the instrument may be set to either the fine
or the coarse measuring mode and one observation will be measured to the point in F1 of the instrument.

105
DITCH TOE
CODES 350 THROUGH 357

The “ditch toe” code is used for a line that represents the bottom edge of a ditch.

This line must be described in the electronic survey data file.

Attributes;
MATRL The material that the ditch is made of.

IE: DIRT, CONCRETE

DTM;
This line will be used as a dtm breakline of the surface.

Observation requirements;
When this point is observed by the instrument, the instrument may be set to either the fine
or the coarse measuring mode and one observation will be measured to the point in F1 of the instrument.

106
DITCH CENTERLINE
CODES 360 THROUGH 367

The “ditch centerline” code is used for a line that represents the bottom center of a ditch.

This line must be described in the electronic survey data file.

Attributes;
MATRL The material that the ditch is made of.

IE: DIRT, CONCRETE

DTM;
This line will be used as a dtm breakline of the surface.

Observation requirements;
When this point is observed by the instrument, the instrument may be set to either the fine
or the coarse measuring mode and one observation will be measured to the point in F1 of the instrument.

107
DITCH BACKSLOPE
CODES 370 THROUGH 377

The “ditch backslope” code is used for a line that represents the top back edge of a ditch.

This line is different from the ditch top code in that it specifically applies to the ditch top furthest away from the
roadway. There will only be one ditch backslope per ditch. This line may be used to determine location of existing
right of way in the absence of any better information.

DTM;
This line will be used as a dtm breakline of the surface.

Observation requirements;
When this point is observed by the instrument, the instrument may be set to either the fine
or the coarse measuring mode and one observation will be measured to the point in F1 of the instrument.

108
LEVEE TOP
CODES 380 THROUGH 387

The “levee top” code is used for a line that represents the top edge of a levee.

This line must be described in the electronic survey data file.

Attributes;
MATRL The material that the levee is made of.

IE: DIRT, CONCRETE

DTM;
This line will be used as a dtm breakline of the surface.

Observation requirements;
When this point is observed by the instrument, the instrument may be set to either the fine
or the coarse measuring mode and one observation will be measured to the point in F1 of the instrument.

109
LEVEE TOE
CODES 390 THROUGH 397

The “levee toe” code is used for a line that represents the bottom edge of a levee.

DTM;
This line will be used as a dtm breakline of the surface.

Observation requirements;
When this point is observed by the instrument, the instrument may be set to either the fine
or the coarse measuring mode and one observation will be measured to the point in F1 of the instrument.

110
RIP RAP
CODES 398 AND 399

The “rip rap code is used for a line that represents the top edge of an area of rip rap.

This line must be described in the electronic survey data file.

Attributes;
MATRL The material that the rip rap is made of.

IE: ROCK, CRUSHED ROCK, BROKEN CONCRETE, BROKEN ASHPALT

DTM;
This line will be used as a dtm breakline of the surface.

Observation requirements;
When this point is observed by the instrument, the instrument may be set to either the fine
or the coarse measuring mode and one observation will be measured to the point in F1 of the instrument.

111
WOOD’S EDGE
CODES 400 THROUGH 405

The “wood’s edge” code is used for a line that represents the edge of a wooded area.

This line must be described in the electronic survey data file.

Attributes;
INFO Any applicable descriptive information.

IE: PINE / HARDWOOD, PINE, HARDWOOD / UNDERBRUSH

DTM;
This line will not be used as a dtm feature.

Observation requirements;
When this point is observed by the instrument, the instrument may be set to either the fine
or the coarse measuring mode and one observation will be measured to the point in F1 of the instrument.

112
TREE LINE
CODES 410 THROUGH 415

The “tree line” code is used for a line that represents the centerline of a row of trees.

This line must be described in the electronic survey data file.

Attributes;
INFO1 Any applicable descriptive information.

IE: PINE / HARDWOOD, PINE, HARDWOOD

INFO2 Any applicable descriptive information.

IE: EVEDENCE OF PROPERTY LINE

DTM;
This line will not be used as a dtm feature.

Observation requirements;
When this point is observed by the instrument, the instrument may be set to either the fine
or the coarse measuring mode and one observation will be measured to the point in F1 of the instrument.

113
HEDGE
CODES 420 THROUGH 425

The “hedge” code is used for a line that represents the centerline of a hedge.

This line is to be described in the electronic survey data file.

Attributes;
TYPE The species of the hedge.

IE: LEGUSTRUM, HOLLY, AZALEA

INFO Any applicable descriptive information.

IE: EVEDENCE OF PROPERTY LINE

DTM;
This line will not be used as a dtm feature.

Observation requirements;
When this point is observed by the instrument, the instrument may be set to either the fine
or the coarse measuring mode and one observation will be measured to the point in F1 of the instrument.

114
SHRUBBERY BED
CODES 430 THROUGH 433

The “shrubbery bed” code is used for a line that represents the outline of a shrubbery bed.

This line is to be described in the electronic survey data file.

Attributes;
INFO Any applicable descriptive information.

IE: ROSE BED, EXOTIC PLANTS

DTM;
This line will not be used as a dtm feature.

Observation requirements;
When this point is observed by the instrument, the instrument may be set to either the fine
or the coarse measuring mode and one observation will be measured to the point in F1 of the instrument.

115
SHRUBBERY BOX (CLOSED)
CODE 434

The “shrubbery box (closed)” code is used for a line that represents the outline of a shrubbery box.

The use of this code will typically result in a closed figure.

If less detail is required, use code 435 (shrubbery box (point))

This line is to be described in the electronic survey data file.

Attributes;
MATRL The material that the shrubbery box is made of.

IE: CONCRETE, BRICK, R/R CROSSTIES, WOOD

INFO Any applicable descriptive information.

IE: ROSE BED, EXOTIC PLANTS

DTM;
This line will not be used as a dtm feature.

Observation requirements;
When this point is observed by the instrument, the instrument may be set to either the fine
or the coarse measuring mode and one observation will be measured to the point in F1 of the instrument.

116
SHRUBBERY BOX (POINT)
CODE 435

The “shrubbery box (point)” code is used for a point that represents the centerpoint of a shrubbery box.

This code is to be used to locate a single shrubbery box with only one observation.

If more detail is required, use code 434 (shrubbery box closed))

This line is to be described in the electronic survey data file.

Attributes;
MATRL The material that the shrubbery box is made of.

IE: CONCRETE, BRICK, R/R CROSSTIES, WOOD

SIZE The length and width of the shrubbery box. Measured as a decimal of the project working units.

IE: 2.0 X 4.0, 1.5 X 3.5

INFO Any applicable descriptive information.

IE: ROSE BED, EXOTIC PLANTS

DTM;
This line will not be used as a dtm feature.

Observation requirements;
When this point is observed by the instrument, the instrument may be set to either the fine
or the coarse measuring mode and one observation will be measured to the point in F1 of the instrument.

117
TREE
CODE 436

The “tree” code is used for a point that represents the centerpoint of the trunk of a tree.

This code is to be used to locate a single tree with only one observation.

This point is to be described in the electronic survey data file.

Attributes;
DIA The diameter of the tree. Measured as a decimal of the project working units.

IE: 0.5. 1.0, 1.5, 2.0

TYPE The species of the tree

IE: LIVE OAK, PINE, SYCAMORE, MAPLE

DTM;
This point will not be used as a dtm feature.

Observation requirements;

When this point is observed by the instrument, the instrument may be set to either the fine
or the coarse measuring mode and one observation will be measured to the point in F1 of the
instrument.

It will be necessary to utilize the offset observation function of the total station to
locate the true center point of the tree trunk.

118
BUSH
CODE 437

The “bush” code is used for a point that represents the centerpoint of a bush.

This point is to be described in the electronic survey data file.

Attributes;
TYPE The species of the bush.

IE: AZALEA, HOLLY, LEGUSTRUM

DTM;
This point will not be used as a dtm feature.

Observation requirements;
When this point is observed by the instrument, the instrument may be set to either the fine
or the coarse measuring mode and one observation will be measured to the point in F1 of the
instrument.

It may be necessary to utilize the offset observation function of the total station to
locate the true center point of the bush.

119
TREE CLUSTER
CODE 438

The “tree cluster” code is used for a point that represents the centerpoint of a cluster and/or group of trees.

This code is to be used to locate a cluster and/or group of trees with only one observation.

This point is to be described in the electronic survey data file.

Attributes;
INFO Any applicable descriptive information.

IE: 10 SMALL PINES, MIXED SMALL TREES AND UNDERBRUSH

DTM;
This point will not be used as a dtm feature.

Observation requirements;

When this point is observed by the instrument, the instrument may be set to either the fine
or the coarse measuring mode and one observation will be measured to the point in F1 of the
instrument.

120
BUILDING ON SLAB
CODES 440 THROUGH 449
The “building on slab” code is used for a line that represents the top edge of a building slab.

This line must be described in the electronic survey data file.

Attributes;
MATRL The material that the building is made of.

IE: BRICK, WOOD FRAME, CONCRETE BLOCK, METAL

USE A description of how the building is being used.

IE: RESIDENCE, OFFICE, STORE, WAREHOUSE

MINORITY Is the building owned by a member of a minority race?

IE: YES, NO

INFO Any applicable descriptive information.

IE: POOR CONDITION, VACANT

OVERHANG The width of the building roof overhang. Measured as a decimal of the project
working units. NO if no overhang.

IE: 1.0, 2.0, 2.5, NO

DTM;
This line will be used as a dtm breakline of the surface.

Observation requirements;
When this point is observed by the instrument, the instrument may be set to either the fine
or the coarse measuring mode and one observation will be measured to the point in F1 of
the instrument.

The “dist” control code can not be used with a building on slab code.

It will typically require the use of dtm breaklines (codes 300 through 311) at the base
of a building slab.

121
BUILDING ON PIERS
CODES 450 THROUGH 459
The “building on piers” code is used for a line that represents the bottom edge of a building on piers.

This line must be described in the electronic survey data file.

Attributes;
MATRL The material that the building is made of.

IE: BRICK, WOOD FRAME, CONCRETE BLOCK, METAL

USE A description of how the building is being used.

IE: RESIDENCE, OFFICE, STORE, WAREHOUSE

MINORITY Is the building owned by a member of a minority race?

IE: YES, NO

INFO Any applicable descriptive information.

IE: POOR CONDITION, VACANT

OVERHANG The width of the building roof overhang. Measured as a decimal of the project
working units. NO if no overhang.

IE: 1.0, 2.0, 2.5, NO

DTM;
This line will not be used as a dtm feature.

Observation requirements;
When this point is observed by the instrument, the instrument may be set to either the fine
or the coarse measuring mode and one observation will be measured to the point in F1 of
the instrument.

This line should be located at the bottom edge of the building. This will make it possible
to determine the clearance of the house above the ground. It will typically require the use of dtm breaklines (codes
300 through 311) or elevation shots (code 325) on the ground at the building to define the surface under the
building.

122
DRIVEWAY
CODES 460 THROUGH 465

The “driveway” code is used for a line that represents the top edge of a driveway.

This line must be described in the electronic survey data file.

Attributes;
MATRL The material that the driveway is made of.

IE: CONCRETE, ASPHALT, GRAVEL, DIRT

DTM;
This line will be used as a dtm breakline of the surface.

Observation requirements;
When this point is observed by the instrument, the instrument may be set to either the fine
or the coarse measuring mode and one observation will be measured to the point in F1 of the instrument.

123
FINISHED FLOOR ELEVATION
CODE 469

The “finished floor elevation” code is used for a point that represents the elevation of the top of the finished floor of
a building at a single point.

This line must be described in the electronic survey data file.

Attributes;
INFO Any applicable information

IE: CONCRETE, WOOD, SMITH RESIDENCE, 500 MAIN STREET

DTM;
This point will not be used as a dtm feature.

Observation requirements;
When this point is observed by the instrument, the instrument may be set to either the fine
or the coarse measuring mode and one observation will be measured to the point in F1 of the instrument.

124
SIDEWALK
CODES 470 THROUGH 475

The “sidewalk” code is used for a line that represents the top edge of a sidewalk.

This line must be described in the electronic survey data file.

Attributes;
MATRL The material that the sidewalk is made of.

IE: CONCRETE, ASPHALT, BRICK

DTM;
This line will be used as a dtm breakline of the surface.

Observation requirements;
When this point is observed by the instrument, the instrument may be set to either the fine
or the coarse measuring mode and one observation will be measured to the point in F1 of the instrument.

125
PARKING LOT
CODES 480 THROUGH 485

The “parking lot” code is used for a line that represents the top edge of the pavement of a parking lot.

This line must be described in the electronic survey data file.

Attributes;
MATRL The material that the driveway is made of.

IE: CONCRETE, ASPHALT, GRAVEL

DTM;
This line will be used as a dtm breakline of the surface.

Observation requirements;
When this point is observed by the instrument, the instrument may be set to either the fine
or the coarse measuring mode and one observation will be measured to the point in F1 of the instrument.

126
SLAB
CODES 490 THROUGH 495

The “slab” code is used for a line that represents the top edge of a slab.

This line must be described in the electronic survey data file.

Attributes;
MATRL The material that the slab is made of.

IE: CONCRETE

DTM;
This line will be used as a dtm breakline of the surface.

Observation requirements;
When this point is observed by the instrument, the instrument may be set to either the fine
or the coarse measuring mode and one observation will be measured to the point in F1 of the instrument.

127
STAIRS
CODES 500 THROUGH 503

The “stairs” code is used for a line that represents the outline of stairs that rise above the ground.

Stairs will most commonly be found in apartment complexes, office complexes, commercial buildings, hotels,
motels, etc.

Stairs are different from steps (codes 505 through 508) in that they are above the ground and steps are in the ground.

This line must be described in the electronic survey data file.

Attributes;
MATRL The material that the stairs are made of.

IE: CONCRETE, STEEL, WOOD

DTM;
This line will not be used as a dtm feature.

Observation requirements;
When this point is observed by the instrument, the instrument may be set to either the fine
or the coarse measuring mode and one observation will be measured to the point in F1 of
the instrument.

128
STEPS
CODES 505 THROUGH 508

The “steps” code is used for a line that represents the outline of steps that are built into the ground.

Steps are different from stairs (codes 500 through 503) in that they are built into the ground and stairs are above the
ground.

This line must be described in the electronic survey data file.

Attributes;
MATRL The material that the steps are made of.

IE: CONCRETE

DTM;
This line will be used as a dtm breakline of the surface.

Observation requirements;
When this point is observed by the instrument, the instrument may be set to either the fine
or the coarse measuring mode and one observation will be measured to the point in F1 of
the instrument.

129
PIER
CODES 510 THROUGH 513

The “pier” code is used for a line that represents the outline of a pier. In most cases the pier will be built over water
and connected to land in some manner.

This line must be described in the electronic survey data file.

Attributes;
MATRL The material that the pier is made of.

IE: CONCRETE, WOOD

DTM;
This line will not be used as a dtm feature.

Observation requirements;
When this point is observed by the instrument, the instrument may be set to either the fine
or the coarse measuring mode and one observation will be measured to the point in F1 of
the instrument.

It will be necessary to detail the surface under the pier for the dtm utilizing any applicable
feature codes.

130
RETAINING WALL TOP CL
CODES 515 THROUGH 518

The “retaining wall top cl” code is used for a line that represents the centerline of the top of a retaining wall.

This line must be described in the electronic survey data file.

Attributes;
WIDTH The width of the wall. Measured as a decimal of the project working units.

IE: 0.50, 0.75, 1.50

MATRL The material that the wall is made of.

IE: CONCRETE , WOOD

DTM;
This line will be used as a dtm breakline of the surface.

Observation requirements;
When this point is observed by the instrument, the instrument may be set to either the fine
or the coarse measuring mode and one observation will be measured to the point in F1 of
the instrument.

It will typically require the use of "base of wall" (codes 530 and 531) at the base of a
retaining wall.

131
PORCH ON SLAB
CODES 520 AND 521

The “porch on slab” code is used for a line that represents the top edge of a porch on slab.

This line must be described in the electronic survey data file.

Attributes;
MATRL The material that the porch is made of.

IE: BRICK, CONCRETE, TILE

DTM;
This line will be used as a dtm breakline of the surface.

Observation requirements;
When this point is observed by the instrument, the instrument may be set to either the fine
or the coarse measuring mode and one observation will be measured to the point in F1 of
the instrument.

The “dist” control code can not be used with a porch on slab code.

It will typically require the use of dtm breaklines (codes 300 through 311) at the base
of a porch on slab.

132
PORCH ON PIERS
CODES 522 AND 523

The “porch on piers” code is used for a line that represents the top edge of a porch on piers.

This line must be described in the electronic survey data file.

Attributes;
MATRL The material that the porch is made of.

IE: BRICK, WOOD , CONCRETE

DTM;
This line will not be used as a dtm feature.

Observation requirements;
When this point is observed by the instrument, the instrument may be set to either the fine
or the coarse measuring mode and one observation will be measured to the point in F1 of
the instrument.

It will typically require the use of dtm breaklines (codes 300 through 311) or elevation shots
(code 325) on the ground at the porch to define the surface under the porch.

133
ROOF OVERHANG
CODE 525 AND 526

The “roof overhang” code is used for a line that represents the outline of a building’s roof overhang. This code is
intended for use when the building’s roof overhang is large and/or extends out away from the
building more than ordinary.

A typical example for the use of this code is the outline of the roof overhang over a carport.

Ordinary one or two foot roof overhangs should not be located but should be noted in the attribute
prompts when locating the building.

DTM;
This line will not be used as a dtm feature.

Observation requirements;
When this point is observed by the instrument, the instrument may be set to either the fine
or the coarse measuring mode and one observation will be measured to the point in F1 of
the instrument.

134
BASE OF WALL
CODES 530 AND 531

The “base of wall” code is used for a line that represents a wall at it’s base.

Typical examples of the use of this code would be for locating a party wall, or the base of
a retaining wall.

This line must be described in the electronic survey data file.

Attributes;
WIDTH The width of the wall. Measured as a decimal of the project working units.

IE: 0.50, 0.75, 1.50

HEIGHT The height of the wall. Measured as a decimal of the project working units.

IE: 1.5, 2.0, 2.5, 3.0

MATRL The material that the wall is made of.

IE: CONCRETE , WOOD, BRICK, CONCRETE BLOCK

INFO Any applicable descriptive information.

IE: PARTY WALL, ON PROPERTY LINE, RETAINING WALL

DTM;
This line will be used as a dtm breakline of the surface.

Observation requirements;
When this point is observed by the instrument, the instrument may be set to either the fine
or the coarse measuring mode and one observation will be measured to the point in F1 of
the instrument.

135
CANOPY
CODE 535 AND 536

The “canopy” code is used for a line that represents the outline of an overhead canopy.

This line must be described in the electronic survey data file.

Attributes;
MATRL The material that the canopy is made of.

IE: WOOD, METAL

DTM;
This line will not be used as a dtm feature.

Observation requirements;
When this point is observed by the instrument, the instrument may be set to either the fine
or the coarse measuring mode and one observation will be measured to the point in F1 of
the instrument.

136
CANOPY SUPPORT
CODE 537

The canopy support code is used for a point that represents the center of a single canopy support structure.

This point is to be described in the electronic survey data file.

Attributes;
MATRL The material that the support is made of.

IE: STEEL, WOOD, BRICK

SIZE The length and width and/or diameter of the support. Measured as a decimal of the project
working units.

IE: 0.25 x 0.25, 0.5 x 0.5, 0.25, 0.5

DTM;
This point will not be used as a dtm feature.

Observation requirements;
When this point is observed by the instrument, the instrument may be set to either the fine
or the coarse measuring mode and one observation will be measured to the point in F1 of the instrument.

137
BARRICADE
CODES 540 AND 541

The “barricade” code is used for a line that represents the centerline of a barricade at it’s base.

This line must be described in the electronic survey data file.

Attributes;
HEIGHT The height of the barricade. Measured as a decimal of the project working units.

IE: 0.25, 0.5, 1.5, 2.0

MATRL The material that the barricade is made of.

IE: CONCRETE , WOOD, BRICK, METAL

INFO Any applicable descriptive information.

IE: TEMPORARY, POLICE, PARKING

DTM;
This line will not be used as a dtm feature.

Observation requirements;
When this point is observed by the instrument, the instrument may be set to either the fine
or the coarse measuring mode and one observation will be measured to the point in F1 of the instrument.

138
BARRICADE POST
CODE 544

The “barricade post” code is used for a point that represents the centerpoint of a barricade post.

This point is to be described in the electronic survey data file.

Attributes;
DIA The diameter of the post. Measured as a decimal of the project working units.

IE: 1.0, 2.0, 3.0

MATRL The material that the pole is made of.

IE: STEEL

DTM;
This point will not be used as a dtm feature.

Observation requirements;
When this point is observed by the instrument, the instrument may be set to either the fine
or the coarse measuring mode and one observation will be measured to the point in F1 of the instrument.

The offset function of the total station may be utilized to locate the true centerpoint of the post.

139
FOOTING
CODES 545 THROUGH 549

The “footing” code is used for a line that represents the outline of the top of a footing.

The use of this code will typically result in a 4 sided closed figure .

This line is to be described in the electronic survey data file.

Attributes;
MATRL The material that the footing is made of.

IE: CONCRETE

DTM;
This line will be used as a dtm breakline of the surface.

Observation requirements;
When this point is observed by the instrument, the instrument may be set to either the fine
or the coarse measuring mode and one observation will be measured to the point in F1 of the instrument.

It will typically require the use of dtm breaklines (codes 300 through 311) at the base of a footing.

140
FENCE LINE
CODES 550 THROUGH 557

The “fence line” code is used for a line that represents the centerline of a fence.

This line must be described in the electronic survey data file.

Attributes;
HEIGHT The height of the fence. Measured as a decimal of the project working units.

IE: 1.5, 2.0

MATRL The material that the fence is made of.

IE: WOOD, BRICK, METAL, 4 STRAND BW, CHAIN LINK

INFO Any applicable descriptive information.

IE: POOR CONDITION, LEANING

DTM;
This line will not be used as a dtm feature.

Observation requirements;
When this point is observed by the instrument, the instrument may be set to either the fine
or the coarse measuring mode and one observation will be measured to the point in F1 of the instrument.

141
GATE
CODES 560 THROUGH 563

The “gate” code is used for a line that represents the centerline of a gate.

This line must be described in the electronic survey data file.

Attributes;
HEIGHT The height of the gate. Measured as a decimal of the project working units.

IE: 1.5, 2.0

MATRL The material that the gate is made of.

IE: WOOD, METAL, CHAIN LINK

DTM;
This line will not be used as a dtm feature.

Observation requirements;
When this point is observed by the instrument, the instrument may be set to either the fine
or the coarse measuring mode and one observation will be measured to the point in F1 of the instrument.

142
CATTLE GUARD (CLOSED)
CODES 565 AND 566

The “cattle guard (closed)” code is used for a line that represents the top outline of a single cattle guard.
The use of this code will typically result in a 4 sided closed figure.

It will frequently require running ditch lines under a cattle guard as a cattle guard is
much like a small bridge.

This line is to be described in the electronic survey data file.

Attributes;
MATRL The material that the cattle guard is made of.

IE: METAL PIPE, R/R RAILS

DTM;
This line will not be used as a dtm feature.

Observation requirements;
When this point is observed by the instrument, the instrument may be set to either the fine
or the coarse measuring mode and one observation will be measured to the point in F1 of the instrument.

143
FENCE POST
CODE 570

The “fence post” code is used for a point that represents the centerpoint of a fence post.

This point is to be described in the electronic survey data file.

Attributes;
DIA The diameter of the post. Measured as a decimal of the project working units.

IE: 1.0, 2.0, 3.0

MATRL The material that the post is made of.

IE: STEEL, WOOD

DTM;
This point will not be used as a dtm feature.

Observation requirements;
When this point is observed by the instrument, the instrument may be set to either the fine
or the coarse measuring mode and one observation will be measured to the point in F1 of the instrument.

The offset function of the total station may be utilized to locate the true centerpoint of the post.

144
PROPERTY CORNER
CODE 580

The “property corner” code is used for a point that represents the center of a property boundary monument
found.

This point must be described in the electronic survey data files.

Attributes;
SIZE The diameter of the point. Measured as a decimal of the project working units.

IE: 0.50, 0.75

MATRL The material that the point is made of.

IE: IRON PIPE, IRON ROD, BUGGY AXLE

INFO Any applicable descriptive information.

IE: DISTURBED, LEANING, SW COR LOT 10

DTM;
This point will not be used as a dtm point.

Observation requirements;
When this point is observed , the instrument must be set to the fine measuring mode and one full position measured
(F1, F2, F2, F1).

145
RIGHT OF WAY MONUMENT
CODE 581

The “right of way monument” code is used for a point that represents the center of a road right of way monument
found.

This point must be described in the electronic survey data files.

Attributes;
SIZE The size and/or diameter of the monument. Measured as a decimal of the project working units.

IE: 0.5 X 0.5, 0.75

MATRL The material that the monument is made of.

IE: CONCRETE

OWNER The owner of the right of way.

IE: STATE, PARISH, CITY, PRIVATE

DTM;
This point will not be used as a dtm point.

Observation requirements;
When this point is observed , the instrument must be set to the fine measuring mode and one full position measured
(F1, F2, F2, F1).

146
SECTION CORNER
CODE 582

The “section corner” code is used for a point that represents the center of any public lands survey monument found.

This point can be a section corner, a quarter corner, an eighth corner etc.

This point must be described in the electronic survey data files.

Attributes;
SIZE The size and/or diameter of the monument. Measured as a decimal of the project
working units.

IE: 0.5 X 0.5, 0.5, 0.75

MATRL The material that the monument is made of.

IE: PINE KNOT, WOOD POST, IRON ROD

INFO Any applicable descriptive information.

IE: SW COR SEC 10, SE COR SW ¼ SEC 10

DTM;
This point will not be used as a dtm point.

Observation requirements;
When this point is observed , the instrument must be set to the fine measuring mode and one full position measured
(F1, F2, F2, F1).

147
FENCE CORNER AS PROPERTY CORNER
CODE 583

The “fence corner as property corner” code is used for a point that represents the center of a fence corner that is
located for the purpose of identifying property boundaries.

This code is intended for use at a location outside of the limits of the topographic survey where property
monumentation is being located and where fence lines are not being located .

This point must be described in the electronic survey data files.

Attributes;
SIZE The size and/or diameter of the fence corner. Measured as a decimal of the project working units.

IE: 0.4 X 0.4, 0.50, 0.75

MATRL The material that the point is made of.

IE: METAL FENCE POST, WOOD FENCE POST

DTM;
This point will not be used as a dtm point.

Observation requirements;
When this point is observed , the instrument must be set to the fine measuring mode and one full position measured
(F1, F2, F2, F1).

148
CALCULATED RIGHT OF WAY CORNER
CODE 584

The “calculated right of way corner” code is used for a point that represents the location of a right of way corner that
is calculated.

This code is intended to allow for the insertion of calculated right of way corners into the electronic survey data file.
Any reference materials used in calculating the right of way corner location should be transmitted to Headquarters
along with the survey data.

This point may be described in the electronic survey data files.

Attributes;
INFO1 Any applicable descriptive information.

IE: CALC. BY JOHN DOE

INFO2 Any applicable descriptive information.

IE: SEE ORIG 25 BDLE 2245

DTM;
This point will not be used as a dtm point.

149
CALCULATED PROPERTY CORNER
CODE 585

The “calculated property corner” code is used for a point that represents the location of a property corner that is
calculated.

This code is intended to allow for the insertion of calculated property corners into the electronic survey data file.
Any reference materials used in calculating the property corner location should be transmitted to Headquarters
along with the survey data.

This point may be described in the electronic survey data files.

Attributes;
INFO1 Any applicable descriptive information.

IE: CALC. BY JOHN DOE

INFO2 Any applicable descriptive information.

IE: SEE ORIG 25 BDLE 2245

DTM;
This point will not be used as a dtm point.

150
PREDICTED PROPERTY CORNER
CODE 586

The “predicted property corner” code is used for a point that represents the predicted location of a property corner.

This code is intended to allow for the insertion of predicted property corner coordinates into the electronic survey
data file for use in searching for the actual location of the property corner in the field. Any reference materials used
in calculating the property corner location should be transmitted to Headquarters along with the survey data.

This point may be described in the electronic survey data files.

Attributes;
INFO1 Any applicable descriptive information.

IE: CALC. BY JOHN DOE

INFO2 Any applicable descriptive information.

IE: SEE ORIG 25 BDLE 2245

DTM;
This point will not be used as a dtm point.

151
APPARENT PROPERTY LINE
CODES 590 THROUGH 595

The “apparent property line” code is used for a line that represents the location of what is believed to be a property
line.

This code can be used alone or dual coded with property corner (code 580) right of way monument (code 581)
section corner (code 582) fence corner as property corner (code 583) and calculated property corner (code 585).

This code will allow for the drawing of apparent property lines in the electronic survey data file. Any reference
materials used in determining the property line location should be transmitted to Headquarters along with the survey
data.

This line may be described in the electronic survey data files.

Attributes;
INFO1 Any applicable descriptive information.

IE: LINE OF POSSESSION

INFO2 Any applicable descriptive information.

IE: AS PER ORIG 25 BDLE 2245

DTM;
This line will not be used as a dtm feature.

Observation requirements;
When this point is observed by the instrument, the instrument must be set to the fine
measuring mode and one observation will be measured to the point in F1 of the
instrument.

152
UNDERGROUND TV CABLE
CODES 600 THROUGH 607
The “underground tv cable” code is used for a line that represents the location of an underground tv cable.

All underground utility locations should be marked by the utility owners or representatives.
Procedures for obtaining assistance from the utility owners can be found in the current Location
and Survey Manual. Underground utility locations should measured from these markings.

This line must be described in the electronic survey data file.

Attributes; At start of line;

OWNER The owner of the utility.

IE: TCI, GULF ATLANTIC, HOME CABLE

DEPTH The method used to determine the depth of the line and not the depth itself.

A pick list has been created for all of the START code DEPTH prompts and are described as follows;

PROBED* (default value) for depth determined by probe.

ELECTRONIC DEVICE for depth determined by any type of electronic device.

RECORD for depths obtained from the utility records (not actually determined in the field by physical
methods).

NO DEPTHS GIVEN for use when no depth is given, for other shots on the line, enter UNKNOWN.

VARIES, SEE DEPTHS for use when the depth is actually measured but by different methods
along the line, for other shots on the line, enter the depth at the point and how measured.

OTHER, SEE NOTE for use when none of the above applies, describe in your note what was
done, then in final data processing enter such into the attribute fields and then delete the note.

Attributes; At points along the line other than the start;

DEPTH The depth from the ground to the top of the utility. This information should be provided by the
utility owner or representative. Measured as a decimal of the project working units.

IE: 0.5, 1.0, 1.2, 2.5, 3.0

DTM; This line will not be used as a dtm feature.

Observation requirements; When this point is observed by the instrument, the instrument may be set to either the
fine or the coarse measuring mode and one observation will be measured to the point in F1 of the instrument.

153
MULTIPLE UNDERGROUND TV CABLE
CODES 608 AND 609
The “multiple underground tv cable” code is used for a line that represents the location of multiple underground tv
cables in a single location.

All underground utility locations should be marked by the utility owners or representatives.
Procedures for obtaining assistance from the utility owners can be found in the current Location
and Survey Manual. Underground utility locations should measured from these markings.

This line must be described in the electronic survey data file.

Attributes; At start of line;

OWNER The owner of the utility.

IE: TCI, GULF ATLANTIC, HOME CABLE, COX

SIZE The size of the line. Measured as a decimal of the project working units.

IE: 0.25, 0.50, 0.75, 1.0

NO.LINE The number of lines

IE: 2, 3, 4, 5

DEPTH The method used to determine the depth of the line and not the depth itself.

A pick list has been created for all of the START code DEPTH prompts and are described as follows;

PROBED* (default value) for depth determined by probe.

ELECTRONIC DEVICE for depth determined by any type of electronic device.

RECORD for depths obtained from the utility records (not actually determined in the field by physical
methods).

NO DEPTHS GIVEN for use when no depth is given, for other shots on the line, enter UNKNOWN.

VARIES, SEE DEPTHS for use when the depth is actually measured but by different methods
along the line, for other shots on the line, enter the depth at the point and how measured.

OTHER, SEE NOTE for use when none of the above applies, describe in your note what was
done, then in final data processing enter such into the attribute fields and then delete the note.

154
ABOVEGROUND TV CABLE
CODES 610 THROUGH 613

The “aboveground tv cable” code is used for a line that represents the location of an aboveground tv cable.

This line must be described in the electronic survey data file.

Attributes;
OWNER The owner of the utility.

IE: TCI, GULF ATLANTIC, HOME CABLE

DTM;
This line will not be used as a dtm feature.

Observation requirements;
When this point is observed by the instrument, the instrument may be set to either the fine
or the coarse measuring mode and one observation will be measured to the point in F1 of
the instrument.

155
MULTIPLE ABOVEGROUND TV CABLE
CODES 614 AND 615

The “multiple aboveground tv cable” code is used for a line that represents the location of multiple aboveground tv
cables in a single location.

This line must be described in the electronic survey data file.

Attributes;
OWNER The owner of the utility.

IE: TCI, GULF ATLANTIC, HOME CABLE, COX

SIZE The size of the line. Measured as a decimal of the project working units.

IE: 0.25, 0.50, 0.75, 1.0

NO.LINE The number of lines

IE: 2, 3, 4, 5

DTM;
This line will not be used as a dtm feature.

Observation requirements;
When this point is observed by the instrument, the instrument may be set to either the fine
or the coarse measuring mode and one observation will be measured to the point in F1 of
the instrument.

156
UNDERGROUND TV SINGLE SERVICE
CODES 620 AND 621

The “underground tv single service” code is used for a line that represents the location of an underground tv cable
service line connecting to a single user.

All underground utility locations should be marked by the utility owners or representatives.
Procedures for obtaining assistance from the utility owners can be found in the current Location
and Survey Manual. Underground utility locations should measured from these markings.

DTM;
This line will not be used as a dtm feature.

Observation requirements;
When this point is observed by the instrument, the instrument may be set to either the fine
or the coarse measuring mode and one observation will be measured to the point in F1 of
the instrument.

157
ABOVEGROUND TV SINGLE SERVICE
CODES 625 AND 626

The “aboveground tv single service” code is used for a line that represents the location of an aboveground tv cable
service line connecting to a single user.

This line must be described in the electronic survey data file.

DTM;
This line will not be used as a dtm feature.

Observation requirements;
When this point is observed by the instrument, the instrument may be set to either the fine
or the coarse measuring mode and one observation will be measured to the point in F1 of
the instrument.

158
TV PEDESTAL
CODE 630

The “tv pedestal” code is used for a point that represents the center of a tv pedestal.

DTM;
This point will not be used as a dtm feature.

Observation requirements;
When this point is observed by the instrument, the instrument may be set to either the fine
or the coarse measuring mode and one observation will be measured to the point in F1 of
the instrument.

159
TV MANHOLE TOP
CODE 631

The “tv manhole top” code is used for a point that represents the top center of a single tv manhole.

This point is to be described in the electronic survey data file.

Attributes;
MATRL The material that the manhole is made of.

IE: STEEL, CONCRETE, BRICK

SIZE The length and width and/or diameter of the manhole. Measured as a decimal of the project
working units.

IE: 2.0 X 4.0, 1.5 X 3.5 , 3.0, 3.5

DTM;
This point will not be used as a dtm feature.

Observation requirements;
When this point is observed by the instrument, the instrument may be set to either the fine
or the coarse measuring mode and one observation will be measured to the point in F1 of the instrument.

160
TV MANHOLE BOTTOM INVERT SHOT
CODE 632

The “tv manhole bottom invert shot” code is used for a point that represents the location of the bottom of a tv
manhole.

This point will be utilized to determine the invert elevation of the tv manhole.

DTM;
This point will not be used as a dtm feature.

Observation requirements;
When this point is observed by the instrument, the instrument may be set to either the fine
or the coarse measuring mode and one observation will be measured to the point in F1 of the instrument.

161
TV UTILITY MARKER
CODE 633

The “tv utility marker” code is used for a point that represents the center of a tv utility marker sign or post.

This point is to be described in the electronic survey data file.

Attributes;
OWNER The owner of the marker.

IE: TCI, GULF ATLANTIC, HOME CABLE, COX COMMUNICATIONS

INFO Any additional information.

IE: 0.5 PVC POST, METAL SIGN

DTM;
This point will not be used as a dtm feature.

Observation requirements;
When this point is observed by the instrument, the instrument may be set to either the fine
or the coarse measuring mode and one observation will be measured to the point in F1 of the instrument.

162
TV TEST HOLE
CODE 634

The “tv test hole” code is used for a point that represents the top center of a tv test hole.

This point is to be described in the electronic survey data file.

Attributes;
OWNER The owner of the utility.

IE: TCI, GULF ATLANTIC, HOME CABLE, COX COMMUNICATIONS

DEPTH The depth from the ground to the top of utility. This information should be provided
by the utility locator. Measured as a decimal of the project working units.

IE: 0.5, 1.0, 1.2, 2.5, 3.0

NO.LINE The number of lines

IE: 2, 3, 4, 5

INFO1 Any additional information.

IE: HOLE NO. 175

INFO2 Any additional information.

IE: LOCATED BY AAA CONSULTANTS

DTM;
This point will not be used as a dtm feature.

Observation requirements;
When this point is observed by the instrument, the instrument may be set to either the fine
or the coarse measuring mode and one observation will be measured to the point in F1 of the instrument.

163
UNDERGROUND TV FIBER OPTIC LINE
CODES 635 THROUGH 638
The “underground tv fiber optic line” code is used for a line that represents the location of an underground tv fiber
optic line.

All underground utility locations should be marked by the utility owners or representatives.
Procedures for obtaining assistance from the utility owners can be found in the current Location
and Survey Manual. Underground utility locations should measured from these markings.

This line must be described in the electronic survey data file.

Attributes; At start of line;

OWNER The owner of the utility.

IE: TCI, GULF ATLANTIC, HOME CABLE

SIZE The size of the line. Measured as a decimal of the project working units.

IE: 0.25, 0.50, 0.75, 1.0

DEPTH The method used to determine the depth of the line and not the depth itself.

A pick list has been created for all of the START code DEPTH prompts and are described as follows;

PROBED* (default value) for depth determined by probe.

ELECTRONIC DEVICE for depth determined by any type of electronic device.

RECORD for depths obtained from the utility records (not actually determined in the field by physical
methods).

NO DEPTHS GIVEN for use when no depth is given, for other shots on the line, enter UNKNOWN.

VARIES, SEE DEPTHS for use when the depth is actually measured but by different methods
along the line, for other shots on the line, enter the depth at the point and how measured.

OTHER, SEE NOTE for use when none of the above applies, describe in your note what was
done, then in final data processing enter such into the attribute fields and then delete the note.

164
UNDERGROUND TV FIBER OPTIC LINE
CODES 635 THROUGH 638 (continued)
Attributes; At points along the line other than the start;
DEPTH The depth from the ground to the top of the utility. This information should be provided by the
utility owner or representative. Measured as a decimal of the project working units.

IE: 0.5, 1.0, 1.2, 2.5, 3.0

DTM; This line will not be used as a dtm feature.

Observation requirements; When this point is observed by the instrument, the instrument may be set to
either the fine or the coarse measuring mode and one observation will be measured to the point in F1 of the
instrument.

165
ABOVEGROUND TV FIBER OPTIC LINE
CODES 640 THROUGH 643

The “aboveground tv fiber optic line” code is used for a line that represents the location of an aboveground tv fiber
optic line.

This line must be described in the electronic survey data file.

Attributes;
OWNER The owner of the utility.

IE: TCI, GULF ATLANTIC, HOME CABLE, COX

SIZE The size of the line. Measured as a decimal of the project working units.

IE: 0.25, 0.50, 0.75, 1.0

DTM;
This line will not be used as a dtm feature.

Observation requirements;
When this point is observed by the instrument, the instrument may be set to either the fine
or the coarse measuring mode and one observation will be measured to the point in F1 of
the instrument.

166
MULTIPLE UNDERGROUND TV FIBER OPTIC
LINE
CODES 645 AND 646
The “multiple underground tv fiber optic line” code is used for a line that represents the location of multiple
underground tv fiber optic lines in a single location.

All underground utility locations should be marked by the utility owners or representatives.
Procedures for obtaining assistance from the utility owners can be found in the current Location
and Survey Manual. Underground utility locations should measured from these markings.

This line must be described in the electronic survey data file.

Attributes; At start of line;

OWNER The owner of the utility.

IE: TCI, GULF ATLANTIC, HOME CABLE, COX

SIZE The size of the line. Measured as a decimal of the project working units.

IE: 0.25, 0.50, 0.75, 1.0

NO.LINE The number of lines.

IE: 2, 3, 4, 5

DEPTH The method used to determine the depth of the line and not the depth itself.

A pick list has been created for all of the START code DEPTH prompts and are described as follows;

PROBED* (default value) for depth determined by probe.

ELECTRONIC DEVICE for depth determined by any type of electronic device.

RECORD for depths obtained from the utility records (not actually determined in the field by physical
methods).

NO DEPTHS GIVEN for use when no depth is given, for other shots on the line, enter UNKNOWN.

VARIES, SEE DEPTHS for use when the depth is actually measured but by different methods
along the line, for other shots on the line, enter the depth at the point and how measured.

OTHER, SEE NOTE for use when none of the above applies, describe in your note what was
done, then in final data processing enter such into the attribute fields and then delete the note.

167
MULTIPLE UNDERGROUND TV FIBER OPTIC
LINE
CODES 645 AND 646 (continued)
Attributes; At points along the line other than the start;
DEPTH The depth from the ground to the top of the utility. This information should be provided by the
utility owner or representative. Measured as a decimal of the project working units.

IE: 0.5, 1.0, 1.2, 2.5, 3.0

DTM; This line will not be used as a dtm feature.

Observation requirements; When this point is observed by the instrument, the instrument may be set to
either the fine or the coarse measuring mode and one observation will be measured to the point in F1 of the
instrument.

168
MULTIPLE ABOVEGROUND TV FIBER OPTIC
LINE
CODES 648 AND 649

The “multiple aboveground tv fiber optic line” code is used for a line that represents the location of multiple
aboveground tv fiber optic lines in a single location.

This line must be described in the electronic survey data file.

Attributes;
OWNER The owner of the utility.

IE: TCI, GULF ATLANTIC, HOME CABLE, COX

SIZE The size of the line. Measured as a decimal of the project working units.

IE: 0.25, 0.50, 0.75, 1.0

NO.LINE The number of lines.

IE: 2, 3, 4, 5

DTM;
This line will not be used as a dtm feature.

Observation requirements;
When this point is observed by the instrument, the instrument may be set to either the fine
or the coarse measuring mode and one observation will be measured to the point in F1 of
the instrument.

169
POWER POLE
CODE 650
The “power pole” code is used for a point that represents the centerpoint of a power pole.

This point is to be described in the electronic survey data file.

Attributes;
DIA The diameter of the power pole. Measured as a decimal of the project working units.

IE: 0.5. 1.0, 1.5, 2.0

MATRL The material that the power pole is made of.

IE: WOOD, METAL

OWNER The owner of the power pole.

IE: DEMCO, ENTERGY, GSU

LIGHT Is there a light on the pole?

IE: YES, NO

TRANS Is there a transformer on the pole?

IE: YES, NO

DTM;
This point will not be used as a dtm feature.

Observation requirements;
When this point is observed by the instrument, the instrument may be set to either the fine
or the coarse measuring mode and one observation will be measured to the point in F1 of the
instrument.

It will be necessary to utilize the offset observation function of the total station to
locate the true center point of the power pole

170
POWER POLE DEADMAN
CODE 651

The “power pole deadman” code is used for a point that represents the centerpoint of a power pole deadman.

DTM;
This point will not be used as a dtm feature.

Observation requirements;
When this point is observed by the instrument, the instrument may be set to either the fine
or the coarse measuring mode and one observation will be measured to the point in F1 of the
instrument.

It will be necessary to use a “jpt” control code to join the deadman to the pole it supports.

171
COMBINATION POLE
CODE 652
The “combination pole” code is used for a point that represents the centerpoint of a utility pole that carries the lines
of two or more utility companies..

This point is to be described in the electronic survey data file.

Attributes;
DIA The diameter of the combination pole. Measured as a decimal of the project working units.

IE: 0.5. 1.0, 1.5, 2.0

MATRL The material that the combination pole is made of.

IE: WOOD, METAL

OWNER The owner of the combination pole.

IE: DEMCO, ENTERGY, GSU

LIGHT Is there a light on the pole?

IE: YES, NO

TRANS Is there a transformer on the pole?

IE: YES, NO

DTM;
This point will not be used as a dtm feature.

Observation requirements;
When this point is observed by the instrument, the instrument may be set to either the fine
or the coarse measuring mode and one observation will be measured to the point in F1 of the
instrument.

It will be necessary to utilize the offset observation function of the total station to
locate the true center point of the combination pole

172
GUY POLE
CODE 653

The “guy pole” code is used for a point that represents the centerpoint of a guy pole.

This point is to be described in the electronic survey data file.

Attributes;
DIA The diameter of the guy pole. Measured as a decimal of the project working units.

IE: 0.5. 1.0, 1.5, 2.0

MATRL The material that the guy pole is made of.

IE: WOOD, METAL

DTM;
This point will not be used as a dtm feature.

Observation requirements;
When this point is observed by the instrument, the instrument may be set to either the fine
or the coarse measuring mode and one observation will be measured to the point in F1 of the
instrument.

It will be necessary to use a “jpt” control code to join the guy pole to the pole it supports.

173
POWER JUNCTION BOX
CODE 654

The “power junction box” code is used for a point that represents the center of a power junction box.

DTM;
This point will not be used as a dtm feature.

Observation requirements;
When this point is observed by the instrument, the instrument may be set to either the fine
or the coarse measuring mode and one observation will be measured to the point in F1 of
the instrument.

174
POWER VAULT
CODE 655

The “power vault” code is used for a point that represents the center of a power vault.

This point is to be described in the electronic survey data file.

Attributes;
SIZE The length and width of the power vault. Measured as a decimal of the project
working units.

IE: 0.5 X 0.5, 1.0 X 1.0, 2.0 X 1.5

MATRL The material that the power vault is made of.

IE: STEEL, CONCRETE

DTM;
This point will not be used as a dtm feature.

Observation requirements;
When this point is observed by the instrument, the instrument may be set to either the fine
or the coarse measuring mode and one observation will be measured to the point in F1 of
the instrument.

175
POWER TRANSFORMER
CODE 656

The “power transformer” code is used for a point that represents the center of a power transformer.

This point is to be described in the electronic survey data file.

Attributes;
SIZE The length and width of the power transformer. Measured as a decimal of the project
working units.

IE: 0.5 X 0.5, 1.0 X 1.0, 2.0 X 1.5

DTM;
This point will not be used as a dtm feature.

Observation requirements;
When this point is observed by the instrument, the instrument may be set to either the fine
or the coarse measuring mode and one observation will be measured to the point in F1 of
the instrument.

176
POWER TRANSMISSION TOWER
CODE 657

The “power transmission tower” code is used for a line that represents the centerline of a row of power poles that
make up a power transmission tower and/or represents the outline of the support legs of a complex power
transmission tower.

This code can be used as a line or a closed figure.

In the event of a complex power transmission tower, it may be necessary to make a sketch of the tower in a
conventional field book.

This line is to be described in the electronic survey data file.

Attributes;
MATRL The material that the tower made of.

IE: WOOD, STEEL

NO.LEGS The number of support legs in the tower.

IE: 6, 8, 9

OWNER The owner of the tower.

IE: DEMCO, ENTERGY, GSU

DTM;
This line will not be used as a dtm feature.

Observation requirements;
When this point is observed by the instrument, the instrument may be set to either the fine
or the coarse measuring mode and one observation will be measured to the point in F1 of the instrument.

The offset function of the total station may be utilized to locate the true centerline of the row of support legs.

177
POWER DROP
CODE 658

The “power drop” code is used for a point that represents the center of a power drop.

DTM;
This point will not be used as a dtm feature.

Observation requirements;
When this point is observed by the instrument, the instrument may be set to either the fine
or the coarse measuring mode and one observation will be measured to the point in F1 of
the instrument.

178
ELECTRIC UTILITY MARKER
CODE 659

The “electric utility marker” code is used for a point that represents the center of an electric utility marker sign or
post.

This point is to be described in the electronic survey data file.

Attributes;
OWNER The owner of the marker.

IE: DEMCO, ENTERGY, GSU

INFO Any additional information.

IE: 0.5 PVC POST, METAL SIGN

DTM;
This point will not be used as a dtm feature.

Observation requirements;
When this point is observed by the instrument, the instrument may be set to either the fine
or the coarse measuring mode and one observation will be measured to the point in F1 of the instrument.

179
UNDERGROUND POWER LINE
CODES 660 THROUGH 667
The “underground power line” code is used for a line that represents the location of an underground power line.

All underground utility locations should be marked by the utility owners or representatives.
Procedures for obtaining assistance from the utility owners can be found in the current Location
and Survey Manual. Underground utility locations should measured from these markings.

This line must be described in the electronic survey data file.

Attributes; At start of line;

OWNER The owner of the utility.

IE: DEMCO, ENTERGY, GSU

DEPTH The method used to determine the depth of the line and not the depth itself.

A pick list has been created for all of the START code DEPTH prompts and are described as follows;

PROBED* (default value) for depth determined by probe.

ELECTRONIC DEVICE for depth determined by any type of electronic device.

RECORD for depths obtained from the utility records (not actually determined in the field by physical
methods).

NO DEPTHS GIVEN for use when no depth is given, for other shots on the line, enter UNKNOWN.

VARIES, SEE DEPTHS for use when the depth is actually measured but by different methods
along the line, for other shots on the line, enter the depth at the point and how measured.

OTHER, SEE NOTE for use when none of the above applies, describe in your note what was
done, then in final data processing enter such into the attribute fields and then delete the note.

180
UNDERGROUND POWER LINE
CODES 660 THROUGH 667 (continued)
Attributes; At points along the line other than the start;
DEPTH The depth from the ground to the top of the utility. This information should be provided by the
utility owner or representative. Measured as a decimal of the project working units.

IE: 0.5, 1.0, 1.2, 2.5, 3.0

DTM; This line will not be used as a dtm feature.

Observation requirements; When this point is observed by the instrument, the instrument may be set to
either the fine or the coarse measuring mode and one observation will be measured to the point in F1 of the
instrument.

181
ABOVEGROUND POWER LINE
CODES 670 THROUGH 673

The “aboveground power line” code is used for a line that represents the location of an aboveground
power line.

This line must be described in the electronic survey data file.

Attributes;
OWNER The owner of the utility.

IE: DEMCO, ENTERGY, GSU

DTM;
This line will not be used as a dtm feature.

Observation requirements;
When this point is observed by the instrument, the instrument may be set to either the fine
or the coarse measuring mode and one observation will be measured to the point in F1 of
the instrument.

182
UNDERGROUND POWER SINGLE SERVICE
CODES 680 AND 681

The “underground power single service” code is used for a line that represents the location of an underground power
service line connecting to a single user.

All underground utility locations should be marked by the utility owners or representatives.
Procedures for obtaining assistance from the utility owners can be found in the current Location
and Survey Manual. Underground utility locations should measured from these markings.

DTM;
This line will not be used as a dtm feature.

Observation requirements;
When this point is observed by the instrument, the instrument may be set to either the fine
or the coarse measuring mode and one observation will be measured to the point in F1 of
the instrument.

183
ABOVEGROUND POWER SINGLE SERVICE
CODES 685 AND 686

The “aboveground power single service” code is used for a line that represents the location of an aboveground
power service line connecting to a single user.

This line must be described in the electronic survey data file.

DTM;
This line will not be used as a dtm feature.

Observation requirements;
When this point is observed by the instrument, the instrument may be set to either the fine
or the coarse measuring mode and one observation will be measured to the point in F1 of
the instrument.

184
POWER TEST HOLE
CODE 687

The “power test hole” code is used for a point that represents the top center of a power test hole.

This point is to be described in the electronic survey data file.

Attributes;
OWNER The owner of the utility.

IE: DEMCO, ENTERGY, GSU

DEPTH The depth from the ground to the top of utility. This information should be provided
by the utility locator. Measured as a decimal of the project working units.

IE: 0.5, 1.0, 1.2, 2.5, 3.0

NO.LINE The number of lines

IE: 2, 3, 4, 5

INFO1 Any additional information.

IE: HOLE NO. 175

INFO2 Any additional information.

IE: LOCATED BY AAA CONSULTANTS

DTM;
This point will not be used as a dtm feature.

Observation requirements;
When this point is observed by the instrument, the instrument may be set to either the fine
or the coarse measuring mode and one observation will be measured to the point in F1 of the instrument.

185
UNDERGROUND GAS LINE
CODES 700 THROUGH 707
The “underground gas line” code is used for a line that represents the location of an underground
gas line.

All underground utility locations should be marked by the utility owners or representatives.
Procedures for obtaining assistance from the utility owners can be found in the current Location
and Survey Manual. Underground utility locations should measured from these markings.

This line must be described in the electronic survey data file.

Attributes; At start of line;

DIA The diameter of the gas line. Measured as a decimal of the project working units.

IE: 0.25, 0.50, 0.75, 1.0

MATRL The material that the gas line is made of.

IE: STEEL, COPPER

OWNER The owner of the gas line.

IE: DEMCO, ENTERGY, GSU

DEPTH The method used to determine the depth of the line and not the depth itself.

A pick list has been created for all of the START code DEPTH prompts and are described as follows;

PROBED* (default value) for depth determined by probe.

ELECTRONIC DEVICE for depth determined by any type of electronic device.

RECORD for depths obtained from the utility records (not actually determined in the field by physical
methods).

NO DEPTHS GIVEN for use when no depth is given, for other shots on the line, enter UNKNOWN.

VARIES, SEE DEPTHS for use when the depth is actually measured but by different methods
along the line, for other shots on the line, enter the depth at the point and how measured.

OTHER, SEE NOTE for use when none of the above applies, describe in your note what was
done, then in final data processing enter such into the attribute fields and then delete the note.

186
UNDERGROUND GAS LINE
CODES 700 THROUGH 707 (continued)
Attributes; At points along the line other than the start;
DEPTH The depth from the ground to the top of the utility. This information should be provided by the
utility owner or representative. Measured as a decimal of the project working units.

IE: 0.5, 1.0, 1.2, 2.5, 3.0

DTM; This line will not be used as a dtm feature.

Observation requirements; When this point is observed by the instrument, the instrument may be set to
either the fine or the coarse measuring mode and one observation will be measured to the point in F1 of the
instrument.

187
ABOVEGROUND GAS LINE
CODES 710 THROUGH 713

The “aboveground gas line” code is used for a line that represents the location of an aboveground
gas line.

This line must be described in the electronic survey data file.

Attributes;
DIA The diameter of the gas line. Measured as a decimal of the project working units.

IE: 0.25, 0.50, 0.75, 1.0

MATRL The material that the gas line is made of.

IE: STEEL, COPPER

OWNER The owner of the gas line.

IE: DEMCO, ENTERGY, GSU

DTM;
This line will not be used as a dtm feature.

Observation requirements;
When this point is observed by the instrument, the instrument may be set to either the fine
or the coarse measuring mode and one observation will be measured to the point in F1 of
the instrument.

188
UNDERGROUND GAS SINGLE SERVICE
CODES 715 AND 716

The “underground gas single service” code is used for a line that represents the location of an underground gas
service line connecting to a single user.

All underground utility locations should be marked by the utility owners or representatives.
Procedures for obtaining assistance from the utility owners can be found in the current Location
and Survey Manual. Underground utility locations should measured from these markings.

DTM;
This line will not be used as a dtm feature.

Observation requirements;
When this point is observed by the instrument, the instrument may be set to either the fine
or the coarse measuring mode and one observation will be measured to the point in F1 of
the instrument.

189
ABOVEGROUND GAS SINGLE SERVICE
CODES 718 AND 719

The “aboveground gas single service” code is used for a line that represents the location of an aboveground gas
service line connecting to a single user.

This line must be described in the electronic survey data file.

DTM;
This line will not be used as a dtm feature.

Observation requirements;
When this point is observed by the instrument, the instrument may be set to either the fine
or the coarse measuring mode and one observation will be measured to the point in F1 of
the instrument.

190
UNDERGROUND GAS LINE CASING
CODES 720 THROUGH 723
The “underground gas line casing” code is used for a line that represents the location of an underground
gas line casing.

All underground utility locations should be marked by the utility owners or representatives.
Procedures for obtaining assistance from the utility owners can be found in the current Location
and Survey Manual. Underground utility locations should measured from these markings.

This line must be described in the electronic survey data file.

Attributes; At start of line;

DIA The diameter of the gas line casing. Measured as a decimal of the project working units.

IE: 0.25, 0.50, 0.75, 1.0

MATRL The material that the gas line casing is made of.

IE: STEEL, COPPER, IRON

OWNER The owner of the gas line casing.

IE: DEMCO, ENTERGY, GSU

DEPTH The method used to determine the depth of the line and not the depth itself.

A pick list has been created for all of the START code DEPTH prompts and are described as follows;

PROBED* (default value) for depth determined by probe.

ELECTRONIC DEVICE for depth determined by any type of electronic device.

RECORD for depths obtained from the utility records (not actually determined in the field by physical
methods).

NO DEPTHS GIVEN for use when no depth is given, for other shots on the line, enter UNKNOWN.

VARIES, SEE DEPTHS for use when the depth is actually measured but by different methods
along the line, for other shots on the line, enter the depth at the point and how measured.

OTHER, SEE NOTE for use when none of the above applies, describe in your note what was
done, then in final data processing enter such into the attribute fields and then delete the note.

191
UNDERGROUND GAS LINE CASING
CODES 720 THROUGH 723 (continued)
Attributes; At points along the line other than the start;
DEPTH The depth from the ground to the top of the utility. This information should be provided by the
utility owner or representative. Measured as a decimal of the project working units.

IE: 0.5, 1.0, 1.2, 2.5, 3.0

DTM; This line will not be used as a dtm feature.

Observation requirements; When this point is observed by the instrument, the instrument may be set to
either the fine or the coarse measuring mode and one observation will be measured to the point in F1 of the
instrument.

In the event a gas line is passing through a gas line casing, dual codes should be utilized to draw the
gas line going through the casing.

192
ABOVEGROUND GAS LINE CASING
CODES 725 THROUGH 728

The “aboveground gas line casing” code is used for a line that represents the location of an aboveground
gas line casing.

This line must be described in the electronic survey data file.

Attributes;
DIA The diameter of the gas line casing. Measured as a decimal of the project working units.

IE: 0.25, 0.50, 0.75, 1.0

MATRL The material that the gas line casing is made of.

IE: STEEL, COPPER, IRON

OWNER The owner of the gas line casing.

IE: DEMCO, ENTERGY, GSU

DTM;
This line will not be used as a dtm feature.

Observation requirements;
When this point is observed by the instrument, the instrument may be set to either the fine
or the coarse measuring mode and one observation will be measured to the point in F1 of
the instrument.

In the event a gas line is passing through a gas line casing, dual codes should be utilized to draw the
gas line going through the casing.

193
GAS VALVE
CODE 730

The “gas valve” code is used for a point that represents the center of a gas valve.

DTM;
This point will not be used as a dtm feature.

Observation requirements;
When this point is observed by the instrument, the instrument may be set to either the fine
or the coarse measuring mode and one observation will be measured to the point in F1 of
the instrument.

194
GAS METER
CODE 731

The “gas meter” code is used for a point that represents the center of a gas meter.

DTM;
This point will not be used as a dtm feature.

Observation requirements;
When this point is observed by the instrument, the instrument may be set to either the fine
or the coarse measuring mode and one observation will be measured to the point in F1 of
the instrument.

195
GAS SERVICE NO METER
CODE 732

The “gas service no meter” code is used for a point that represents the center of a gas service where there is no gas
meter.

DTM;
This point will not be used as a dtm feature.

Observation requirements;
When this point is observed by the instrument, the instrument may be set to either the fine
or the coarse measuring mode and one observation will be measured to the point in F1 of
the instrument.

196
GAS REGULATOR
CODE 733

The “gas regulator” code is used for a point that represents the center of a gas regulator.

DTM;
This point will not be used as a dtm feature.

Observation requirements;
When this point is observed by the instrument, the instrument may be set to either the fine
or the coarse measuring mode and one observation will be measured to the point in F1 of
the instrument.

197
GAS RISER
CODE 734

The “gas riser” code is used for a point that represents the center of a gas riser.

DTM;
This point will not be used as a dtm feature.

Observation requirements;
When this point is observed by the instrument, the instrument may be set to either the fine
or the coarse measuring mode and one observation will be measured to the point in F1 of
the instrument.

198
GAS TEST BOX
CODE 735

The “gas test box” code is used for a point that represents the center of a gas test box.

DTM;
This point will not be used as a dtm feature.

Observation requirements;
When this point is observed by the instrument, the instrument may be set to either the fine
or the coarse measuring mode and one observation will be measured to the point in F1 of
the instrument.

199
GAS VENT
CODE 736

The “gas vent” code is used for a point that represents the center of a gas vent.

DTM;
This point will not be used as a dtm feature.

Observation requirements;
When this point is observed by the instrument, the instrument may be set to either the fine
or the coarse measuring mode and one observation will be measured to the point in F1 of
the instrument.

200
GAS WELL
CODE 737

The “gas well” code is used for a point that represents the center of the casing of a gas well.

This point is to be described in the electronic survey data file.

Attributes;
OWNER The owner of the gas well.

IE: EXXON, SHELL, AMACO

DTM;
This point will not be used as a dtm feature.

Observation requirements;
When this point is observed by the instrument, the instrument may be set to either the fine
or the coarse measuring mode and one observation will be measured to the point in F1 of the instrument.

201
OIL WELL
CODE 738

The “oil well” code is used for a point that represents the center of the casing of a oil well.

This point is to be described in the electronic survey data file.

Attributes;
OWNER The owner of the oil well.

IE: EXXON, SHELL, AMACO

DTM;
This point will not be used as a dtm feature.

Observation requirements;
When this point is observed by the instrument, the instrument may be set to either the fine
or the coarse measuring mode and one observation will be measured to the point in F1 of the instrument.

202
GAS UTILITY MARKER
CODE 739

The “gas utility marker” code is used for a point that represents the center of a gas utility marker sign or post.

This point is to be described in the electronic survey data file.

Attributes;
OWNER The owner of the marker.

IE: DEMCO, ENTERGY, GSU

INFO Any additional information.

IE: 0.5 PVC POST, METAL SIGN

DTM;
This point will not be used as a dtm feature.

Observation requirements;
When this point is observed by the instrument, the instrument may be set to either the fine
or the coarse measuring mode and one observation will be measured to the point in F1 of the instrument.

203
UNDERGROUND PIPELINE
CODES 740 THROUGH 745
The “underground pipeline” code is used for a line that represents the location of an underground
pipeline.

All underground utility locations should be marked by the utility owners or representatives.
Procedures for obtaining assistance from the utility owners can be found in the current Location
and Survey Manual. Underground utility locations should measured from these markings.

This line must be described in the electronic survey data file.

Attributes; At start of line;

DIA The diameter of the pipeline. Measured as a decimal of the project working units.

IE: 0.50, 0.75, 1.0, 2.0

MATRL The material that the pipeline is made of.

IE: STEEL, CONCRETE/STEEL

OWNER The owner of the pipeline.

IE: EXXON, SHELL, AMACO

PRODUCT The product transported in the pipeline.

IE: NATURAL GAS, OIL

DEPTH The method used to determine the depth of the line and not the depth itself.

A pick list has been created for all of the START code DEPTH prompts and are described as follows;

PROBED* (default value) for depth determined by probe.

ELECTRONIC DEVICE for depth determined by any type of electronic device.

RECORD for depths obtained from the utility records (not actually determined in the field by physical
methods).

NO DEPTHS GIVEN for use when no depth is given, for other shots on the line, enter UNKNOWN.

VARIES, SEE DEPTHS for use when the depth is actually measured but by different methods
along the line, for other shots on the line, enter the depth at the point and how measured.

OTHER, SEE NOTE for use when none of the above applies, describe in your note what was
done, then in final data processing enter such into the attribute fields and then delete the note.

204
UNDERGROUND PIPELINE
CODES 740 THROUGH 745 (continued)
Attributes; At points along the line other than the start;
DEPTH The depth from the ground to the top of the utility. This information should be provided by the
utility owner or representative. Measured as a decimal of the project working units.

IE: 0.5, 1.0, 1.2, 2.5, 3.0

DTM; This line will not be used as a dtm feature.

Observation requirements; When this point is observed by the instrument, the instrument may be set to either the
fine or the coarse measuring mode and one observation will be measured to the point in F1 of the instrument.

205
ABOVEGROUND PIPELINE
CODES 750 THROUGH 753

The “aboveground pipeline” code is used for a line that represents the location of an aboveground
pipeline.

This line must be described in the electronic survey data file.

Attributes;
DIA The diameter of the pipeline. Measured as a decimal of the project working units.

IE: 0.50, 0.75, 1.0, 2.0

MATRL The material that the pipeline is made of.

IE: STEEL, CONCRETE/STEEL

OWNER The owner of the pipeline.

IE: EXXON, SHELL, AMACO

PRODUCT The product transported in the pipeline.

IE: NATURAL GAS, OIL

DTM;
This line will not be used as a dtm feature.

Observation requirements;
When this point is observed by the instrument, the instrument may be set to either the fine
or the coarse measuring mode and one observation will be measured to the point in F1 of
the instrument.

206
UNDERGROUND PIPELINE CASING
CODES 760 THROUGH 763
The “underground pipeline casing” code is used for a line that represents the location of an underground
pipeline casing.

All underground utility locations should be marked by the utility owners or representatives.
Procedures for obtaining assistance from the utility owners can be found in the current Location
and Survey Manual. Underground utility locations should measured from these markings.

This line must be described in the electronic survey data file.

Attributes; At start of line;

DIA The diameter of the pipeline casing. Measured as a decimal of the project working units.

IE: 0.75, 1.0, 1.5, 2.0

MATRL The material that the pipeline casing is made of.

IE: STEEL, IRON

OWNER The owner of the pipeline casing.

IE: EXXON, SHELL, AMACO

DEPTH The method used to determine the depth of the line and not the depth itself.

A pick list has been created for all of the START code DEPTH prompts and are described as follows;

PROBED* (default value) for depth determined by probe.

ELECTRONIC DEVICE for depth determined by any type of electronic device.

RECORD for depths obtained from the utility records (not actually determined in the field by physical
methods).

NO DEPTHS GIVEN for use when no depth is given, for other shots on the line, enter UNKNOWN.

VARIES, SEE DEPTHS for use when the depth is actually measured but by different methods
along the line, for other shots on the line, enter the depth at the point and how measured.

OTHER, SEE NOTE for use when none of the above applies, describe in your note what was
done, then in final data processing enter such into the attribute fields and then delete the note.

207
UNDERGROUND PIPELINE CASING
CODES 760 THROUGH 763 (continued)
Attributes; At points along the line other than the start;
DEPTH The depth from the ground to the top of the utility. This information should be provided by the
utility owner or representative. Measured as a decimal of the project working units.

IE: 0.5, 1.0, 1.2, 2.5, 3.0

DTM; This line will not be used as a dtm feature.

Observation requirements; When this point is observed by the instrument, the instrument may be set to either the
fine or the coarse measuring mode and one observation will be measured to the point in F1 of the instrument.

In the event a pipeline is passing through a pipeline casing, dual codes should be utilized to draw the
pipeline going through the casing.

208
ABOVEGROUND PIPELINE CASING
CODES 765 THROUGH 768

The “aboveground pipeline casing” code is used for a line that represents the location of an aboveground
pipeline casing.

This line must be described in the electronic survey data file.

Attributes;
DIA The diameter of the pipeline casing. Measured as a decimal of the project working units.

IE: 0.75, 1.0, 1.5, 2.0

MATRL The material that the pipeline casing is made of.

IE: STEEL, IRON

OWNER The owner of the pipeline casing.

IE: EXXON, SHELL, AMACO

DTM;
This line will not be used as a dtm feature.

Observation requirements;
When this point is observed by the instrument, the instrument may be set to either the fine
or the coarse measuring mode and one observation will be measured to the point in F1 of
the instrument.

In the event a pipeline is passing through a pipeline casing, dual codes should be utilized to draw the
pipeline going through the casing.

209
PIPELINE VENT
CODE 770

The “pipeline vent” code is used for a point that represents the center of a pipeline vent.

DTM;
This point will not be used as a dtm feature.

Observation requirements;
When this point is observed by the instrument, the instrument may be set to either the fine
or the coarse measuring mode and one observation will be measured to the point in F1 of
the instrument.

210
PIPELINE REGULATOR
CODE 771

The “pipeline regulator” code is used for a point that represents the center of a pipeline regulator.

DTM;
This point will not be used as a dtm feature.

Observation requirements;
When this point is observed by the instrument, the instrument may be set to either the fine
or the coarse measuring mode and one observation will be measured to the point in F1 of
the instrument.

211
PIPELINE UTILITY MARKER
CODE 772

The “pipeline utility marker” code is used for a point that represents the center of a pipeline utility marker sign or
post.

This point is to be described in the electronic survey data file.

Attributes;
OWNER The owner of the marker.

IE: EXXON, SHELL, AMACO

INFO Any additional information.

IE: 0.5 PVC POST, METAL SIGN

DTM;
This point will not be used as a dtm feature.

Observation requirements;
When this point is observed by the instrument, the instrument may be set to either the fine
or the coarse measuring mode and one observation will be measured to the point in F1 of the instrument.

212
GAS TEST HOLE
CODE 773

The “gas test hole” code is used for a point that represents the top center of a gas test hole.

This point is to be described in the electronic survey data file.

Attributes;
OWNER The owner of the utility.

IE: DEMCO, ENTERGY, GSU

DEPTH The depth from the ground to the top of utility. This information should be provided
by the utility locator. Measured as a decimal of the project working units.

IE: 0.5, 1.0, 1.2, 2.5, 3.0

DIA The diameter of the gas line. Measured as a decimal of the project working units.

IE: 0.50, 0.75, 1.0, 2.0

MATRL The material that the gas line is made of.

IE: STEEL, PVC

INFO Any additional information.

IE: LOCATED BY AAA CONSULTANTS

DTM;
This point will not be used as a dtm feature.

Observation requirements;
When this point is observed by the instrument, the instrument may be set to either the fine
or the coarse measuring mode and one observation will be measured to the point in F1 of the instrument.

213
PIPELINE TEST HOLE
CODE 774

The “pipeline test hole” code is used for a point that represents the top center of a pipeline test hole.

This point is to be described in the electronic survey data file.

Attributes;
OWNER The owner of the utility.

IE: DEMCO, ENTERGY, GSU

DEPTH The depth from the ground to the top of utility. This information should be provided
by the utility locator. Measured as a decimal of the project working units.

IE: 0.5, 1.0, 1.2, 2.5, 3.0

DIA The diameter of the pipeline. Measured as a decimal of the project working units.

IE: 0.50, 0.75, 1.0, 2.0

MATRL The material that the pipeline is made of.

IE: STEEL, PVC

INFO Any additional information.

IE: LOCATED BY AAA CONSULTANTS

DTM;
This point will not be used as a dtm feature.

Observation requirements;
When this point is observed by the instrument, the instrument may be set to either the fine
or the coarse measuring mode and one observation will be measured to the point in F1 of the instrument.

214
RAILROAD TRACK RAIL TOP
CODES 780 THROUGH 789

The “railroad track rail top” code is used for a line that represents the centerline of the top of a single railroad track
rail.

This use of this code is of particular importance at a roadway / railroad grade crossings.

If less detail is required, use railroad track centerline (codes 795 through 799)

This line must be described in the electronic survey data file.

Attributes;
OWNER The owner of the railroad.

IE: KANSAS CITY SOUTHERN, ILLINOIS CENTRAL

DTM;
This line will not be used as a dtm feature.

Observation requirements;
When this point is observed by the instrument, the instrument may be set to either the fine
or the coarse measuring mode and one observation will be measured to the point in F1 of the instrument.

It will require the simultaneous use of two railroad track rail top lines and dtm breaklines (codes 300 through 311) to
define the railroad bed.

215
RAILROAD MILEPOST
CODE 790

The “railroad milepost” code is used for a point that represents the center of a railroad milepost.

This point is to be described in the electronic survey data file.

Attributes;
NUMBER The number of the milepost.

IE: 1000, 1500, 2000

DTM;
This point will not be used as a dtm feature.

Observation requirements;
When this point is observed by the instrument, the instrument may be set to either the fine
or the coarse measuring mode and one observation will be measured to the point in F1 of the instrument.

216
RAILROAD TRAFFIC SIGNAL
CODE 791

The “railroad traffic signal” code is used for a point that represents the center of a railroad traffic signal.

DTM;
This point will not be used as a dtm feature.

Observation requirements;
When this point is observed by the instrument, the instrument may be set to either the fine
or the coarse measuring mode and one observation will be measured to the point in F1 of the instrument.

217
RAILROAD TRAFFIC SIGNAL CONTROL BOX
CODE 792

The “railroad traffic signal control box” code is used for a point that represents the center of a railroad traffic signal
control box.

This point is to be described in the electronic survey data file.

Attributes;
SIZE The length and width of the box. Measured as a decimal of the project working units.

IE: 0.25 X 0.25, 0.5 X 0.5, 1.0 X 1.0

DTM;
This point will not be used as a dtm feature.

Observation requirements;
When this point is observed by the instrument, the instrument may be set to either the fine
or the coarse measuring mode and one observation will be measured to the point in F1 of the instrument.

218
RAILROAD SWITCH
CODE 793

The “railroad switch” code is used for a point that represents the center of a railroad switch.

DTM;
This point will not be used as a dtm feature.

Observation requirements;
When this point is observed by the instrument, the instrument may be set to either the fine
or the coarse measuring mode and one observation will be measured to the point in F1 of the instrument.

219
RAILROAD TRACK CENTERLINE
CODES 795 THROUGH 799

The “railroad track centerline” code is used for a line that represents the centerline of a single
railroad track.

If more detail is required, use railroad track rail top (codes 780 through 789)

This line must be described in the electronic survey data file.

Attributes;
OWNER The owner of the railroad.

IE: KANSAS CITY SOUTHERN, ILLINOIS CENTRAL

DTM;
This line will be used as a dtm breakline of the surface.

Observation requirements;
When this point is observed by the instrument, the instrument may be set to either the fine
or the coarse measuring mode and one observation will be measured to the point in F1 of the instrument.

It will require the simultaneous use of the railroad track centerline code and dtm breaklines (codes 300 through 311)
to define the railroad bed.

220
SEWER LINE INVERT
CODES 800 THROUGH 807

The “sewer line invert” code is used for a line that represents the centerline of a sewer line at it’s invert.

This line must be described in the electronic survey data file.

Attributes;
SIZE The diameter of the sewer line. Measured as a decimal of the project working units.

IE: 0.3, 0.5, 0.8

MATRL The material that the sewer line is made of.

IE: CLAY, PVC, IRON

OWNER The owner of the sewer line.

IE: CITY, PARISH, PRIVATE

DTM; see note below.

Observation requirements;
When this point is observed by the instrument, the instrument may be set to either the fine
or the coarse measuring mode and one observation will be measured to the point in F1 of the instrument.

Sewer line inverts should be located at each sewer manhole. It will be necessary to remove the lid of the sewer
manhole to locate the sewer line’s invert. The sewer manhole top (code 820) and sewer manhole bottom invert shot
(code 821) will each require an observation due to the difference in elevation of the manhole top, the manhole
bottom and the sewer line invert.

NOTE; New codes numbered between 8000 and 8233, round sewer line invert (sized), have been created to use in
place of codes 800 through 807.

Codes 800 through 807 remain in the feature code library so that old survey data using these codes will still work
with added functionality. These lines will be used as dtm features however they will not be used for the surface.
These lines will automatically display in a cross section and/or profile as an arrow head pointer whose point is
located at the invert of the pipe.

221
SEWER FORCE MAIN TOP
CODES 810 THROUGH 815
The “sewer force main top” code is used for a line that represents the location of the top of a sewer force main.

All underground utility locations should be marked by the utility owners or representatives.
Procedures for obtaining assistance from the utility owners can be found in the current Location
and Survey Manual. Underground utility locations should measured from these markings.

This line must be described in the electronic survey data file.

Attributes; At start of line;

DIA The diameter of the force main. Measured as a decimal of the project working units.

IE: 0.50, 0.75, 1.0, 2.0

MATRL The material that the force main is made of.

IE: PVC, STEEL, IRON

OWNER The owner of the force main.

IE: CITY, PARISH, PRIVATE

DEPTH The method used to determine the depth of the line and not the depth itself.

A pick list has been created for all of the START code DEPTH prompts and are described as follows;

PROBED* (default value) for depth determined by probe.

ELECTRONIC DEVICE for depth determined by any type of electronic device.

RECORD for depths obtained from the utility records (not actually determined in the field by physical
methods).

NO DEPTHS GIVEN for use when no depth is given, for other shots on the line, enter UNKNOWN.

VARIES, SEE DEPTHS for use when the depth is actually measured but by different methods
along the line, for other shots on the line, enter the depth at the point and how measured.

OTHER, SEE NOTE for use when none of the above applies, describe in your note what was
done, then in final data processing enter such into the attribute fields and then delete the note.

222
SEWER FORCE MAIN TOP
CODES 810 THROUGH 815 (continued)
Attributes; At points along the line other than the start;
DEPTH The depth from the ground to the top of the utility. This information should be provided by the
utility owner or representative. Measured as a decimal of the project working units.

IE: 0.5, 1.0, 1.2, 2.5, 3.0

DTM; This line will not be used as a dtm feature.

Observation requirements; When this point is observed by the instrument, the instrument may be set to either the
fine or the coarse measuring mode and one observation will be measured to the point in F1 of the instrument.

223
SEWER MANHOLE TOP
CODE 820

The “sewer manhole top” code is used for a point that represents the top center of a single sewer manhole.

This point is to be described in the electronic survey data file.

Attributes;
MATRL The material that the manhole is made of.

IE: STEEL, CONCRETE, BRICK

SIZE The length and width and/or diameter of the manhole. Measured as a decimal of the project
working units.

IE: 2.0 X 4.0, 1.5 X 3.5 , 3.0, 3.5

DTM;
This point will not be used as a dtm feature.

Observation requirements;
When this point is observed by the instrument, the instrument may be set to either the fine
or the coarse measuring mode and one observation will be measured to the point in F1 of the instrument.

224
SEWER MANHOLE BOTTOM INVERT SHOT
CODE 821

The “sewer manhole bottom invert shot” code is used for a point that represents the location of the bottom of a
sewer manhole.

This point will be utilized to determine the invert elevation of the sewer manhole.

DTM;
This point will not be used as a dtm feature.

Observation requirements;
When this point is observed by the instrument, the instrument may be set to either the fine
or the coarse measuring mode and one observation will be measured to the point in F1 of the instrument.

225
SEWER CLEANOUT
CODE 822

The “sewer cleanout” code is used for a point that represents the center of a single sewer cleanout.

DTM;
This point will not be used as a dtm feature.

Observation requirements;
When this point is observed by the instrument, the instrument may be set to either the fine
or the coarse measuring mode and one observation will be measured to the point in F1 of the instrument.

226
SEWER BLOW OUT VALVE
CODE 823

The “sewer blow out valve” code is used for a point that represents the center of a single sewer blow out valve.

DTM;
This point will not be used as a dtm feature.

Observation requirements;
When this point is observed by the instrument, the instrument may be set to either the fine
or the coarse measuring mode and one observation will be measured to the point in F1 of the instrument.

227
SEWER SEPTIC TANK
CODE 824

The “sewer septic tank” code is used for a point that represents the center of a single sewer septic tank.

DTM;
This point will not be used as a dtm feature.

Observation requirements;
When this point is observed by the instrument, the instrument may be set to either the fine
or the coarse measuring mode and one observation will be measured to the point in F1 of the instrument.

228
SEWER PUMP
CODE 825

The “sewer pump” code is used for a point that represents the center of a single sewer pump.

DTM;
This point will not be used as a dtm feature.

Observation requirements;
When this point is observed by the instrument, the instrument may be set to either the fine
or the coarse measuring mode and one observation will be measured to the point in F1 of the instrument.

229
SEWER LINE INVERT SHOT
CODE 826

The “sewer line invert shot” code is used for a point that represents the location of the invert of one end of a sewer
line where the other end of the line falls outside the limits of the survey.

This point must be described in the electronic survey data file.

Attributes;
DIA The diameter of the pipe. Measured as a decimal of the project working units.

IE: 1.5, 2.0, 2.5, 3.0

MATRL The material that the pipe is made of.

IE: PVC, CLAY, IRON

DTM;
This point will not be used as a dtm feature.

Observation requirements;
When this point is observed by the instrument, the instrument may be set to either the fine
or the coarse measuring mode and one observation will be measured to the point in F1 of the instrument.

230
SEWER UTILITY MARKER
CODE 827

The “sewer utility marker” code is used for a point that represents the center of a sewer utility marker sign or post.

This point is to be described in the electronic survey data file.

Attributes;
OWNER The owner of the marker.

IE: CITY, PARISH, PRIVATE

INFO Any additional information.

IE: 0.5 PVC POST, METAL SIGN

DTM;
This point will not be used as a dtm feature.

Observation requirements;
When this point is observed by the instrument, the instrument may be set to either the fine
or the coarse measuring mode and one observation will be measured to the point in F1 of the instrument.

231
SEWER TEST HOLE
CODE 828

The “sewer test hole” code is used for a point that represents the top center of a sewer test hole.

This point is to be described in the electronic survey data file.

Attributes;
OWNER The owner of the utility.

IE: CITY, PARISH, PRIVATE

DEPTH The depth from the ground to the top of utility. This information should be provided
by the utility locator. Measured as a decimal of the project working units.

IE: 0.5, 1.0, 1.2, 2.5, 3.0

DIA The diameter of the sewer line. Measured as a decimal of the project working units.

IE: 0.50, 0.75, 1.0, 2.0

MATRL The material that the sewer line is made of.

IE: PVC, CLAY, CONCRETE

INFO Any additional information.

IE: LOCATED BY AAA CONSULTANTS

DTM;
This point will not be used as a dtm feature.

Observation requirements;
When this point is observed by the instrument, the instrument may be set to either the fine
or the coarse measuring mode and one observation will be measured to the point in F1 of the instrument.

232
SEWER LIFT STATION (POINT)
CODE 830

The “sewer lift station (point)” code is used for a point that represents the top center of a single sewer lift ststion.

This code is to be used to locate a single sewer lift station with only one observation.

If more detail is required, use code 831 “sewer lift station (closed)”.

DTM;
This point will not be used as a dtm feature.

Observation requirements;
When this point is observed by the instrument, the instrument may be set to either the fine
or the coarse measuring mode and one observation will be measured to the point in F1 of the instrument.

233
SEWER LIFT STATION (CLOSED)
CODE 831

The “sewer lift station (closed)” code is used for a line that represents the outline of a sewer lift station.

The use of this code will typically result in a closed figure.

If less detail is required, use code 830 “sewer lift station (point)”.

DTM;
This line will not be used as a dtm feature.

Observation requirements;
When this point is observed by the instrument, the instrument may be set to either the fine
or the coarse measuring mode and one observation will be measured to the point in F1 of the instrument.

234
SEWER TREATMENT PLANT (POINT)
CODE 835

The “sewer treatment plant (point)” code is used for a point that represents the top center of a single sewer treatment
plant

This code is to be used to locate a single sewer treatment plant with only one observation.

If more detail is required, use code 836 “sewer treatment plant (closed)”.

DTM;
This point will not be used as a dtm feature.

Observation requirements;
When this point is observed by the instrument, the instrument may be set to either the fine
or the coarse measuring mode and one observation will be measured to the point in F1 of the instrument.

235
SEWER TREATMENT PLANT (CLOSED)
CODE 836

The “sewer treatment plant (closed)” code is used for a line that represents the outline of a sewer treatment plant.

The use of this code will typically result in a closed figure.

If less detail is required, use code 835 “sewer treatment plant (point)”.

DTM;
This line will not be used as a dtm feature.

Observation requirements;
When this point is observed by the instrument, the instrument may be set to either the fine
or the coarse measuring mode and one observation will be measured to the point in F1 of the instrument.

236
UNDERGROUND TRAFFIC SIGNAL POWER
CODES 837 AND 838
The “underground traffic signal power” code is used for a line that represents the location of an underground traffic
signal power line.

All underground utility locations should be marked by the utility owners or representatives.
Procedures for obtaining assistance from the utility owners can be found in the current Location
and Survey Manual. Underground utility locations should measured from these markings.

This line must be described in the electronic survey data file.

Attributes; At start of line;

OWNER The owner of the utility.

IE: DOTD, CITY, PARISH, DEMCO, ENTERGY, CLECO

SIZE The size of the traffic signal power line.

IE: 25 PAIR, 100 PAIR

DEPTH The method used to determine the depth of the line and not the depth itself.

A pick list has been created for all of the START code DEPTH prompts and are described as follows;

PROBED* (default value) for depth determined by probe.

ELECTRONIC DEVICE for depth determined by any type of electronic device.

RECORD for depths obtained from the utility records (not actually determined in the field by physical
methods).

NO DEPTHS GIVEN for use when no depth is given, for other shots on the line, enter UNKNOWN.

VARIES, SEE DEPTHS for use when the depth is actually measured but by different methods
along the line, for other shots on the line, enter the depth at the point and how measured.

OTHER, SEE NOTE for use when none of the above applies, describe in your note what was
done, then in final data processing enter such into the attribute fields and then delete the note.

237
UNDERGROUND TRAFFIC SIGNAL POWER
CODES 837 AND 838 (continued)
Attributes; At points along the line other than the start;
DEPTH The depth from the ground to the top of the utility. This information should be provided by the
utility owner or representative. Measured as a decimal of the project working units.

IE: 0.5, 1.0, 1.2, 2.5, 3.0

DTM; This line will not be used as a dtm feature.

Observation requirements; When this point is observed by the instrument, the instrument may be set to either the
fine or the coarse measuring mode and one observation will be measured to the point in F1 of the instrument.

238
ABOVEGROUND TRAFFIC SIGNAL POWER
CODES 839 AND 840

The “aboveground traffic signal power” code is used for a line that represents the location of an aboveground traffic
signal power line.

This line must be described in the electronic survey data file.

Attributes;
OWNER The owner of the utility.

IE: DOTD, CITY, PARISH, DEMCO, ENTERGY, GSU

SIZE The size of the traffic signal power line.

IE: 25 PAIR, 100 PAIR

DTM;
This line will not be used as a dtm feature.

Observation requirements;
When this point is observed by the instrument, the instrument may be set to either the fine
or the coarse measuring mode and one observation will be measured to the point in F1 of
the instrument.

239
UNDERGROUND TRAFFIC INTERCONNECT
LINE
CODE 841
The “underground traffic interconnect line” code is used for a line that represents the location of an underground
traffic interconnect line.

All underground utility locations should be marked by the utility owners or representatives.
Procedures for obtaining assistance from the utility owners can be found in the current Location
and Survey Manual. Underground utility locations should measured from these markings.

This line must be described in the electronic survey data file.

Attributes; At start of line;

SIZE The size of the line. Measured as a decimal of the project working units.

IE: 0.25, 0.50, 0.75, 1.0

OWNER The owner of the line.

IE: DOTD, CITY, PARISH, PRIVATE

DEPTH The method used to determine the depth of the line and not the depth itself.

A pick list has been created for all of the START code DEPTH prompts and are described as follows;

PROBED* (default value) for depth determined by probe.

ELECTRONIC DEVICE for depth determined by any type of electronic device.

RECORD for depths obtained from the utility records (not actually determined in the field by physical
methods).

NO DEPTHS GIVEN for use when no depth is given, for other shots on the line, enter UNKNOWN.

VARIES, SEE DEPTHS for use when the depth is actually measured but by different methods
along the line, for other shots on the line, enter the depth at the point and how measured.

OTHER, SEE NOTE for use when none of the above applies, describe in your note what was
done, then in final data processing enter such into the attribute fields and then delete the note.

240
UNDERGROUND TRAFFIC INTERCONNECT
LINE
CODE 841 (continued)
Attributes; At points along the line other than the start;
DEPTH The depth from the ground to the top of the utility. This information should be provided by the
utility owner or representative. Measured as a decimal of the project working units.

IE: 0.5, 1.0, 1.2, 2.5, 3.0

DTM; This line will not be used as a dtm feature.

Observation requirements; When this point is observed by the instrument, the instrument may be set to either the
fine or the coarse measuring mode and one observation will be measured to the point in F1 of the instrument.

241
UNDERGROUND TRAFFIC LOOP DETECTOR
LINE
CODE 842
The “underground traffic loop detector line” code is used for a line that represents the location of an underground
traffic loop connector line.

All underground utility locations should be marked by the utility owners or representatives.
Procedures for obtaining assistance from the utility owners can be found in the current Location
and Survey Manual. Underground utility locations should measured from these markings.

This line must be described in the electronic survey data file.

Attributes; At start of line;

SIZE The size of the line. Measured as a decimal of the project working units.

IE: 0.25, 0.50, 0.75, 1.0

OWNER The owner of the line.

IE: DOTD, CITY, PARISH, PRIVATE

DEPTH The method used to determine the depth of the line and not the depth itself.

A pick list has been created for all of the START code DEPTH prompts and are described as follows;

PROBED* (default value) for depth determined by probe.

ELECTRONIC DEVICE for depth determined by any type of electronic device.

RECORD for depths obtained from the utility records (not actually determined in the field by physical
methods).

NO DEPTHS GIVEN for use when no depth is given, for other shots on the line, enter UNKNOWN.

VARIES, SEE DEPTHS for use when the depth is actually measured but by different methods
along the line, for other shots on the line, enter the depth at the point and how measured.

OTHER, SEE NOTE for use when none of the above applies, describe in your note what was
done, then in final data processing enter such into the attribute fields and then delete the note.

242
UNDERGROUND TRAFFIC LOOP DETECTOR
LINE
CODE 842 (continued)
Attributes; At points along the line other than the start;
DEPTH The depth from the ground to the top of the utility. This information should be provided by the
utility owner or representative. Measured as a decimal of the project working units.

IE: 0.5, 1.0, 1.2, 2.5, 3.0

DTM; This line will not be used as a dtm feature.

Observation requirements; When this point is observed by the instrument, the instrument may be set to either the
fine or the coarse measuring mode and one observation will be measured to the point in F1 of the instrument.

243
UNDERGROUND TRAFFIC FIBER OPTIC LINE
CODES 843 AND 844
The “underground traffic fiber optic line” code is used for a line that represents the location of an underground
traffic fiber optic line

All underground utility locations should be marked by the utility owners or representatives.
Procedures for obtaining assistance from the utility owners can be found in the current Location
and Survey Manual. Underground utility locations should measured from these markings.

This line must be described in the electronic survey data file.

Attributes; At start of line;

OWNER The owner of the trafffic fiber optic line.

IE: DOTD, CITY, PARISH

SIZE The size of the traffic fiber optic line.

IE: 25 PAIR, 100 PAIR

DEPTH The method used to determine the depth of the line and not the depth itself.

A pick list has been created for all of the START code DEPTH prompts and are described as follows;

PROBED* (default value) for depth determined by probe.

ELECTRONIC DEVICE for depth determined by any type of electronic device.

RECORD for depths obtained from the utility records (not actually determined in the field by physical
methods).

NO DEPTHS GIVEN for use when no depth is given, for other shots on the line, enter UNKNOWN.

VARIES, SEE DEPTHS for use when the depth is actually measured but by different methods
along the line, for other shots on the line, enter the depth at the point and how measured.

OTHER, SEE NOTE for use when none of the above applies, describe in your note what was
done, then in final data processing enter such into the attribute fields and then delete the note.

244
UNDERGROUND TRAFFIC FIBER OPTIC LINE
CODES 843 AND 844 (continued)
Attributes; At points along the line other than the start;
DEPTH The depth from the ground to the top of the utility. This information should be provided by the
utility owner or representative. Measured as a decimal of the project working units.

IE: 0.5, 1.0, 1.2, 2.5, 3.0

DTM; This line will not be used as a dtm feature.

Observation requirements; When this point is observed by the instrument, the instrument may be set to either the
fine or the coarse measuring mode and one observation will be measured to the point in F1 of the instrument.

245
ABOVEGROUND TRAFFIC FIBER OPTIC LINE
CODES 845 AND 846

The “aboveground traffic fiber optic line” code is used for a line that represents the location of an aboveground
traffic fiber optic line

This line must be described in the electronic survey data file.

Attributes;
OWNER The owner of the traffic fiber optic line.

IE: DOTD, CITY, PARISH

SIZE The size of the traffic fiber optic line.

IE: 25 PAIR, 100 PAIR

DTM;
This line will not be used as a dtm feature.

Observation requirements;
When this point is observed by the instrument, the instrument may be set to either the fine
or the coarse measuring mode and one observation will be measured to the point in F1 of
the instrument.

246
DYNAMIC MESSAGE SIGN
CODE 847

The “dynamic message sign” code is used for a line that represents the outline of a single dynamic message sign.

The use of this code will typically result in a 4 sided closed figure .

This line is to be described in the electronic survey data file.

Attributes;
MATRL The material that the dynamic message sign is made of.

IE: STEEL, ALUMINUM

DTM;
This line will not be used as a dtm feature.

Observation requirements;
When this point is observed by the instrument, the instrument may be set to either the fine
or the coarse measuring mode and one observation will be measured to the point in F1 of the instrument.

247
DYNAMIC MESSAGE SIGN SUPPORT
CODE 848

The “dynamic message sign support” code is used for a point that represents the centerpoint of a dynamic message
sign support.

This point is to be described in the electronic survey data file.

Attributes;
SIZE The size of the dynamic message sign support. Measured as a decimal of the project working
units.

IE: 0.5. 1.0, 2.0 X 4.0, 3.0 X 6.0

MATRL The material that the dynamic message sign support is made of.

IE: METAL, ALUMINUM

DTM;
This point will not be used as a dtm feature.

Observation requirements;
When this point is observed by the instrument, the instrument may be set to either the fine
or the coarse measuring mode and one observation will be measured to the point in F1 of the
instrument.

It will be necessary to utilize the offset observation function of the total station to
locate the true center point of the dynamic message sign support.

248
MISCELLANEOUS TRAFFIC POLE
CODE 849

The “misc traffic pole” code is used for a point that represents the centerpoint of a misc traffic pole.

This point is to be described in the electronic survey data file.

Attributes;
SIZE The size of the misc traffic pole. Measured as a decimal of the project working units.

IE: 0.5. 1.0,

MATRL The material that the misc traffic pole is made of.

IE: WOOD, METAL

USE Describe what the misc traffic pole is used for.

IE: ANTENNA MOUNT, TRAFFIC DETECTOR, TRAFFIC COUNTER, HIGH MAST LIGHT

DTM;
This point will not be used as a dtm feature.

Observation requirements;
When this point is observed by the instrument, the instrument may be set to either the fine
or the coarse measuring mode and one observation will be measured to the point in F1 of the
instrument.

It will be necessary to utilize the offset observation function of the total station to
locate the true center point of the misc traffic pole.

249
TRAFFIC SIGNAL STANDARD
CODE 850

The “traffic signal standard” code is used for a point that represents the centerpoint of a traffic signal standard that
has the traffic signal attached directly to it.

This point is to be described in the electronic survey data file.

Attributes;
DIA The diameter of the traffic signal pole. Measured as a decimal of the project working units.

IE: 0.5. 1.0,

MATRL The material that the traffic signal pole is made of.

IE: WOOD, METAL

DTM;
This point will not be used as a dtm feature.

Observation requirements;
When this point is observed by the instrument, the instrument may be set to either the fine
or the coarse measuring mode and one observation will be measured to the point in F1 of the
instrument.

It will be necessary to utilize the offset observation function of the total station to
locate the true center point of the traffic signal pole

250
CABLE SUSPENDED TRAFFIC SIGNAL POLE
CODE 851

The “cable suspended traffic signal pole” code is used for a point that represents the centerpoint of a traffic signal
pole that has the traffic signal suspended over the roadway by a cable.

This point is to be described in the electronic survey data file.

Attributes;
DIA The diameter of the traffic signal pole. Measured as a decimal of the project working units.

IE: 0.5. 1.0,

MATRL The material that the traffic signal pole is made of.

IE: WOOD, METAL

DTM;
This point will not be used as a dtm feature.

Observation requirements;
When this point is observed by the instrument, the instrument may be set to either the fine
or the coarse measuring mode and one observation will be measured to the point in F1 of the
instrument.

It will be necessary to utilize the offset observation function of the total station to
locate the true center point of the traffic signal pole

251
CANTILEVERED TRAFFIC SIGNAL POLE
CODE 852

The “cantilevered traffic signal pole” code is used for a point that represents the centerpoint of a traffic signal pole
with the traffic signal suspended over the roadway by cantilever.

This point is to be described in the electronic survey data file.

Attributes;
DIA The diameter of the traffic signal pole. Measured as a decimal of the project working units.

IE: 0.5. 1.0,

MATRL The material that the traffic signal pole is made of.

IE: WOOD, METAL

DTM;
This point will not be used as a dtm feature.

Observation requirements;
When this point is observed by the instrument, the instrument may be set to either the fine
or the coarse measuring mode and one observation will be measured to the point in F1 of the
instrument.

It will be necessary to utilize the offset observation function of the total station to
locate the true center point of the traffic signal pole

252
TRAFFIC SIGNAL DEADMAN
CODE 853

The “traffic signal deadman” code is used for a point that represents the centerpoint of a traffic signal deadman.

DTM;
This point will not be used as a dtm feature.

Observation requirements;
When this point is observed by the instrument, the instrument may be set to either the fine
or the coarse measuring mode and one observation will be measured to the point in F1 of the
instrument.

It will be necessary to use a “jpt” control code to join the deadman to the pole it supports.

253
TRAFFIC SIGNAL POWER VAULT
CODE 854

The “traffic signal power vault” code is used for a point that represents the center of a traffic signal power vault.

This point is to be described in the electronic survey data file.

Attributes;
SIZE The length and width of the power vault. Measured as a decimal of the project working units.

IE: 0.5 X 0.5, 1.0 X 1.0, 2.0 X 1.5

MATRL The material that the power vault is made of.

IE: STEEL, CONCRETE

DTM;
This point will not be used as a dtm feature.

Observation requirements;
When this point is observed by the instrument, the instrument may be set to either the fine
or the coarse measuring mode and one observation will be measured to the point in F1 of
the instrument.

254
TRAFFIC SIGNAL CONTROL BOX
CODE 855

The “traffic signal control box” code is used for a point that represents the center of a traffic signal control box.

This point is to be described in the electronic survey data file.

Attributes;
SIZE The length and width of the control box. Measured as a decimal of the project working units.

IE: 0.5 X 0.5, 1.0 X 1.0, 2.0 X 1.5

DTM;
This point will not be used as a dtm feature.

Observation requirements;
When this point is observed by the instrument, the instrument may be set to either the fine
or the coarse measuring mode and one observation will be measured to the point in F1 of
the instrument.

255
TRAFFIC COUNTER
CODE 856

The “traffic counter” code is used for a point that represents the center of a single traffic counter.

DTM;
This point will not be used as a dtm feature.

Observation requirements;
When this point is observed by the instrument, the instrument may be set to either the fine
or the coarse measuring mode and one observation will be measured to the point in F1 of the instrument.

256
TRAFFIC SIGN
CODE 857

The “traffic sign” code is used for a point that represents the center of a single traffic sign.

This line is to be described in the electronic survey data file.

Attributes;
INFO Any applicable descriptive information.

IE: STOP, YIELD, ROAD NAME

DTM;
This point will not be used as a dtm feature.

Observation requirements;
When this point is observed by the instrument, the instrument may be set to either the fine
or the coarse measuring mode and one observation will be measured to the point in F1 of the instrument.

257
FEDERAL AID MARKER
CODE 858

The “federal aid marker” code is used for a point that represents the center of a federal aid marker.

This point is to be described in the electronic survey data file.

Attributes;
NUMBER The number of the federal aid marker.
IE: 1000, 1500, 2000

DTM;
This point will not be used as a dtm feature.

Observation requirements;
When this point is observed by the instrument, the instrument may be set to either the fine
or the coarse measuring mode and one observation will be measured to the point in F1 of the instrument.

258
PARKING METER
CODE 859

The “parking meter” code is used for a point that represents the center of a single parking meter.

DTM;
This point will not be used as a dtm feature.

Observation requirements;
When this point is observed by the instrument, the instrument may be set to either the fine
or the coarse measuring mode and one observation will be measured to the point in F1 of the instrument.

259
LIGHT STANDARD
CODE 860

The “light standard” code is used for a point that represents the centerpoint of a light standard pole.

This point is to be described in the electronic survey data file.

Attributes;
DIA The diameter of the light standard pole. Measured as a decimal of the project working units.

IE: 0.5. 1.0,

MATRL The material that the light standard pole is made of.

IE: WOOD, METAL, ALUMINUM

DTM;
This point will not be used as a dtm feature.

Observation requirements;
When this point is observed by the instrument, the instrument may be set to either the fine
or the coarse measuring mode and one observation will be measured to the point in F1 of the
instrument.

It will be necessary to utilize the offset observation function of the total station to
locate the true center point of the light standard pole.

260
LIGHT STANDARD POWER VAULT
CODE 861

The “light standard power vault” code is used for a point that represents the center of a light standard power vault.

This point is to be described in the electronic survey data file.

Attributes;
SIZE The length and width of the light standard power vault. Measured as a decimal of the project
working units.

IE: 0.5 X 0.5, 1.0 X 1.0, 2.0 X 1.5

MATRL The material that the light standard power vault is made of.

IE: STEEL, CONCRETE

DTM;
This point will not be used as a dtm feature.

Observation requirements;
When this point is observed by the instrument, the instrument may be set to either the fine
or the coarse measuring mode and one observation will be measured to the point in F1 of
the instrument.

261
TRAFFIC CAMERA POLE
CODE 862

The “traffic camera pole” code is used for a point that represents the centerpoint of a traffic camera pole.

This point is to be described in the electronic survey data file.

Attributes;
DIA The diameter of the traffic camera pole. Measured as a decimal of the project working units.

IE: 0.5. 1.0,

MATRL The material that the traffic camera pole is made of.

IE: WOOD, METAL

DTM;
This point will not be used as a dtm feature.

Observation requirements;
When this point is observed by the instrument, the instrument may be set to either the fine
or the coarse measuring mode and one observation will be measured to the point in F1 of the
instrument.

It will be necessary to utilize the offset observation function of the total station to
locate the true center point of the traffic camera pole

262
TRAFFIC CAMERA CONTROL BOX
CODE 863

The “traffic camera control box” code is used for a point that represents the centerpoint of a traffic camera control
box.

This point is to be described in the electronic survey data file.

Attributes;
SIZE The size of the traffic camera control box. Measured as a decimal of the project working units.

IE: 1x2, 2.5x2.5

DTM;
This point will not be used as a dtm feature.

Observation requirements;
When this point is observed by the instrument, the instrument may be set to either the fine
or the coarse measuring mode and one observation will be measured to the point in F1 of the
instrument.

It may be necessary to utilize the offset observation function of the total station to
locate the true center point of the traffic camera control box.

263
TRAFFIC PULL BOX
CODE 864

The “traffic pull box” code is used for a point that represents the center of a traffic pull box.

This point is to be described in the electronic survey data file.

Attributes;
SIZE The length and width of the pull box. Measured as a decimal of the project working units.

IE: 0.5 X 0.5, 1.0 X 1.0, 2.0 X 1.5

MATRL The material that the pull box is made of.

IE: STEEL, CONCRETE, PLASTIC

DTM;
This point will not be used as a dtm feature.

Observation requirements;
When this point is observed by the instrument, the instrument may be set to either the fine
or the coarse measuring mode and one observation will be measured to the point in F1 of
the instrument.

264
TRAFFIC OVERHEAD SIGN TRUSS
CODE 865

The “traffic overhead sign truss” code is used for a line that represents the outline of a single overhead sign truss.

The use of this code will typically result in a 4 sided closed figure .

This line is to be described in the electronic survey data file.

Attributes;
MATRL The material that the sign truss is made of.

IE: STEEL, ALUMINUM

DTM;
This line will not be used as a dtm feature.

Observation requirements;
When this point is observed by the instrument, the instrument may be set to either the fine
or the coarse measuring mode and one observation will be measured to the point in F1 of the instrument.

265
TRAFFIC OVERHEAD SIGN TRUSS SUPPORT
CODE 866

The “traffic overhead sign truss support” code is used for a point that represents the center of a single overhead sign
truss support.

This line is to be described in the electronic survey data file.

Attributes;
DIA The diameter of the sign truss support. Measured as a decimal of the project working units.

IE: 1.0, 1.5, 2.0, 2.5

MATRL The material that the sign truss support is made of.

IE: STEEL, ALUMINUM

DTM;
This line will not be used as a dtm feature.

Observation requirements;
When this point is observed by the instrument, the instrument may be set to either the fine
or the coarse measuring mode and one observation will be measured to the point in F1 of the instrument.

It will be necessary to utilize the offset observation function of the total station to locate the true center point of the
sign truss support.

266
UNDERGROUND TRAFFIC CAMERA LINE
CODES 867 AND 868
The “underground traffic camera line” code is used for a line that represents the location of an underground traffic
camera line.

All underground utility locations should be marked by the utility owners or representatives.
Procedures for obtaining assistance from the utility owners can be found in the current Location
and Survey Manual. Underground utility locations should measured from these markings.

This line must be described in the electronic survey data file.

Attributes; At start of line;

OWNER The owner of the utility.

IE: LADOTD, CITY OF BATON ROUGE, FBI, CIA

DEPTH The method used to determine the depth of the line and not the depth itself.

A pick list has been created for all of the START code DEPTH prompts and are described as follows;

PROBED* (default value) for depth determined by probe.

ELECTRONIC DEVICE for depth determined by any type of electronic device.

RECORD for depths obtained from the utility records (not actually determined in the field by physical
methods).

NO DEPTHS GIVEN for use when no depth is given, for other shots on the line, enter UNKNOWN.

VARIES, SEE DEPTHS for use when the depth is actually measured but by different methods
along the line, for other shots on the line, enter the depth at the point and how measured.

OTHER, SEE NOTE for use when none of the above applies, describe in your note what was
done, then in final data processing enter such into the attribute fields and then delete the note.

Attributes; At points along the line other than the start;

DEPTH The depth from the ground to the top of the utility. This information should be provided by the
utility owner or representative. Measured as a decimal of the project working units.

IE: 0.5, 1.0, 1.2, 2.5, 3.0

DTM; This line will not be used as a dtm feature.

Observation requirements; When this point is observed by the instrument, the instrument may be set to either the
fine or the coarse measuring mode and one observation will be measured to the point in F1 of the instrument.

267
ABOVEGROUND TRAFFIC CAMERA LINE
CODE 869

The “aboveground traffic camera line” code is used for a line that represents the location of an aboveground traffic
camera line.

This line must be described in the electronic survey data file.

Attributes;
OWNER The owner of the utility.

IE: LADOTD, CITY OF BATON ROUGE, FBI, CIA

DTM;
This line will not be used as a dtm feature.

Observation requirements;
When this point is observed by the instrument, the instrument may be set to either the fine
or the coarse measuring mode and one observation will be measured to the point in F1 of
the instrument.

268
UNDERGROUND TELEPHONE LINE
CODES 870 THROUGH 877
The “underground telephone line” code is used for a line that represents the location of an underground telephone
line

All underground utility locations should be marked by the utility owners or representatives.
Procedures for obtaining assistance from the utility owners can be found in the current Location
and Survey Manual. Underground utility locations should measured from these markings.

This line must be described in the electronic survey data file.

Attributes; At start of line;

OWNER The owner of the telephone line.

IE: BELL SOUTH, EATEL

SIZE The size of the telephone line.

IE: 25 PAIR, 100 PAIR

DEPTH The method used to determine the depth of the line and not the depth itself.

A pick list has been created for all of the START code DEPTH prompts and are described as follows;

PROBED* (default value) for depth determined by probe.

ELECTRONIC DEVICE for depth determined by any type of electronic device.

RECORD for depths obtained from the utility records (not actually determined in the field by physical
methods).

NO DEPTHS GIVEN for use when no depth is given, for other shots on the line, enter UNKNOWN.

VARIES, SEE DEPTHS for use when the depth is actually measured but by different methods
along the line, for other shots on the line, enter the depth at the point and how measured.

OTHER, SEE NOTE for use when none of the above applies, describe in your note what was
done, then in final data processing enter such into the attribute fields and then delete the note.

269
UNDERGROUND TELEPHONE LINE
CODES 870 THROUGH 877 (continued)
Attributes; At points along the line other than the start;
DEPTH The depth from the ground to the top of the utility. This information should be provided by the
utility owner or representative. Measured as a decimal of the project working units.

IE: 0.5, 1.0, 1.2, 2.5, 3.0

DTM; This line will not be used as a dtm feature.

Observation requirements; When this point is observed by the instrument, the instrument may be set to either the
fine or the coarse measuring mode and one observation will be measured to the point in F1 of the instrument.

270
ABOVEGROUND TELEPHONE LINE
CODES 880 THROUGH 883

The “aboveground telephone line” code is used for a line that represents the location of an aboveground telephone
line

This line must be described in the electronic survey data file.

Attributes;
OWNER The owner of the telephone line.

IE: BELL SOUTH, EATEL

SIZE The size of the telephone line.

IE: 25 PAIR, 100 PAIR

DTM;
This line will not be used as a dtm feature.

Observation requirements;
When this point is observed by the instrument, the instrument may be set to either the fine
or the coarse measuring mode and one observation will be measured to the point in F1 of
the instrument.

271
UNDERGROUND TELEPHONE LINE CASING
CODES 885 and 886
The “underground telephone line casing” code is used for a line that represents the location of an underground
telephone line casing.

All underground utility locations should be marked by the utility owners or representatives.
Procedures for obtaining assistance from the utility owners can be found in the current Location
and Survey Manual. Underground utility locations should measured from these markings.

This line must be described in the electronic survey data file.

Attributes; At start of line;

DIA The diameter of the telephone line casing. Measured as a decimal of the project working units.

IE: 0.75, 1.0, 1.5, 2.0

MATRL The material that the telephone line casing is made of.

IE: STEEL, IRON

OWNER The owner of the telephone line casing.

IE: BELL SOUTH, CENTURY TELEPHONE CO.

DEPTH The method used to determine the depth of the line and not the depth itself.

A pick list has been created for all of the START code DEPTH prompts and are described as follows;

PROBED* (default value) for depth determined by probe.

ELECTRONIC DEVICE for depth determined by any type of electronic device.

RECORD for depths obtained from the utility records (not actually determined in the field by physical
methods).

NO DEPTHS GIVEN for use when no depth is given, for other shots on the line, enter UNKNOWN.

VARIES, SEE DEPTHS for use when the depth is actually measured but by different methods
along the line, for other shots on the line, enter the depth at the point and how measured.

OTHER, SEE NOTE for use when none of the above applies, describe in your note what was
done, then in final data processing enter such into the attribute fields and then delete the note.

272
UNDERGROUND TELEPHONE LINE CASING
CODES 885 and 886 (continued)
Attributes; At points along the line other than the start;
DEPTH The depth from the ground to the top of the utility. This information should be provided by the
utility owner or representative. Measured as a decimal of the project working units.

IE: 0.5, 1.0, 1.2, 2.5, 3.0

DTM; This line will not be used as a dtm feature.

Observation requirements; When this point is observed by the instrument, the instrument may be set to either the
fine or the coarse measuring mode and one observation will be measured to the point in F1 of the instrument.

In the event a telephone line is passing through a telephone line casing, dual codes should be utilized to draw the
telephone line going through the casing.

273
ABOVEGROUND TELEPHONE LINE CASING
CODES 887 & 888

The “aboveground telephone line casing” code is used for a line that represents the location of an aboveground
telephone line casing.

This line must be described in the electronic survey data file.

Attributes;
DIA The diameter of the telephone line casing. Measured as a decimal of the project working units.

IE: 0.25, 0.50, 0.75, 1.0

MATRL The material that the telephone line casing is made of.

IE: STEEL, COPPER, IRON

OWNER The owner of the telephone line casing.

IE: BELLSOUTH, CENTURY TELEPHONE CO.

DTM;
This line will not be used as a dtm feature.

Observation requirements;
When this point is observed by the instrument, the instrument may be set to either the fine
or the coarse measuring mode and one observation will be measured to the point in F1 of
the instrument.

In the event a telephone line is passing through a telephone line casing, dual codes should be utilized to draw the
telephone line going through the casing.

274
UNDERGROUND TELE SINGLE SERVICE
CODES 890 AND 891

The “underground tele single service” code is used for a line that represents the location of an underground
telephone service line connecting to a single user.

All underground utility locations should be marked by the utility owners or representatives.
Procedures for obtaining assistance from the utility owners can be found in the current Location
and Survey Manual. Underground utility locations should measured from these markings.

DTM;
This line will not be used as a dtm feature.

Observation requirements;
When this point is observed by the instrument, the instrument may be set to either the fine
or the coarse measuring mode and one observation will be measured to the point in F1 of
the instrument.

275
ABOVEGROUND TELE SINGLE SERVICE
CODES 895 AND 896

The “aboveground tele single service” code is used for a line that represents the location of an aboveground
telephone service line connecting to a single user.

DTM;
This line will not be used as a dtm feature.

Observation requirements;
When this point is observed by the instrument, the instrument may be set to either the fine
or the coarse measuring mode and one observation will be measured to the point in F1 of
the instrument.

276
TELEPHONE BOOTH
CODE 900

The “telephone booth” code is used for a point that represents the center of a telephone booth.

DTM;
This point will not be used as a dtm feature.

Observation requirements;
When this point is observed by the instrument, the instrument may be set to either the fine
or the coarse measuring mode and one observation will be measured to the point in F1 of
the instrument.

277
TELEPHONE CROSS CONNECT BOX
CODE 901

The “telephone cross connect box” code is used for a point that represents the center of a telephone cross connect
box.

This point is to be described in the electronic survey data file.

Attributes;
SIZE The length and width of the telephone cross connect box. Measured as a decimal of the project
working units.

IE: 0.5 X 0.5, 1.0 X 1.0, 2.0 X 1.5

DTM;
This point will not be used as a dtm feature.

Observation requirements;
When this point is observed by the instrument, the instrument may be set to either the fine
or the coarse measuring mode and one observation will be measured to the point in F1 of
the instrument.

278
TELEPHONE PEDESTAL
CODE 902

The “telephone pedestal” code is used for a point that represents the center of a telephone pedestal.

DTM;
This point will not be used as a dtm feature.

Observation requirements;
When this point is observed by the instrument, the instrument may be set to either the fine
or the coarse measuring mode and one observation will be measured to the point in F1 of
the instrument.

279
TELEPHONE MANHOLE TOP
CODE 903

The “telephone manhole top” code is used for a point that represents the top center of a single telephone manhole.

This point is to be described in the electronic survey data file.

Attributes;
MATRL The material that the manhole is made of.

IE: STEEL, CONCRETE, BRICK

SIZE The length and width and/or diameter of the manhole. Measured as a decimal of the project
working units.

IE: 2.0 X 4.0, 1.5 X 3.5 , 3.0, 3.5

DTM;
This point will not be used as a dtm feature.

Observation requirements;
When this point is observed by the instrument, the instrument may be set to either the fine
or the coarse measuring mode and one observation will be measured to the point in F1 of the instrument.

280
TELEPHONE MANHOLE BOTTOM INVERT
SHOT
CODE 904

The “telephone manhole bottom invert shot” code is is used for a point that represents the location of the bottom of a
telephone manhole.

This point will be utilized to determine the invert elevation of the telephone manhole.

DTM;
This point will not be used as a dtm feature.

Observation requirements;
When this point is observed by the instrument, the instrument may be set to either the fine
or the coarse measuring mode and one observation will be measured to the point in F1 of the instrument.

281
TELEPHONE POLE
CODE 905

The “telephone pole” code is used for a point that represents the centerpoint of a telephone pole.

This point is to be described in the electronic survey data file.

Attributes;
DIA The diameter of the telephone pole. Measured as a decimal of the project working units.

IE: 0.5. 1.0, 1.5, 2.0

MATRL The material that the telephone pole is made of.

IE: WOOD, METAL

OWNER The owner of the telephone pole.

IE: BELL SOUTH, EATEL

LIGHT Is there a light on the telephone pole?

IE: YES, NO

DTM;
This point will not be used as a dtm feature.

Observation requirements;
When this point is observed by the instrument, the instrument may be set to either the fine
or the coarse measuring mode and one observation will be measured to the point in F1 of the
instrument.

It will be necessary to utilize the offset observation function of the total station to
locate the true center point of the telephone pole

282
TELEPHONE POLE DEADMAN
CODE 906

The “telephone pole deadman” code is used for a point that represents the centerpoint of a telephone pole deadman.

DTM;
This point will not be used as a dtm feature.

Observation requirements;
When this point is observed by the instrument, the instrument may be set to either the fine
or the coarse measuring mode and one observation will be measured to the point in F1 of the
instrument.

It will be necessary to use a “jpt” control code to join the deadman to the pole it supports.

283
TELEPHONE PRESSURE BOX
CODE 907

The “telephone pressure box” code is used for a point that represents the center of a telephone pressure box.

DTM;
This point will not be used as a dtm feature.

Observation requirements;
When this point is observed by the instrument, the instrument may be set to either the fine
or the coarse measuring mode and one observation will be measured to the point in F1 of
the instrument.

284
TELEPHONE UTILITY MARKER
CODE 908

The “telephone utility marker” code is used for a point that represents the center of a telephone utility marker sign or
post.

This point is to be described in the electronic survey data file.

Attributes;
OWNER The owner of the marker.

IE: BELL SOUTH, EATEL

INFO Any additional information.

IE: 0.5 PVC POST, METAL SIGN

DTM;
This point will not be used as a dtm feature.

Observation requirements;
When this point is observed by the instrument, the instrument may be set to either the fine
or the coarse measuring mode and one observation will be measured to the point in F1 of the instrument.

285
TELEPHONE TEST HOLE
CODE 909

The “telephone test hole” code is used for a point that represents the top center of a telephone test hole.

This point is to be described in the electronic survey data file.

Attributes;
OWNER The owner of the utility.

IE: BELL SOUTH, EATEL, AT&T

DEPTH The depth from the ground to the top of utility. This information should be provided
by the utility locator. Measured as a decimal of the project working units.

IE: 0.5, 1.0, 1.2, 2.5, 3.0

SIZE The size of the telephone line

IE: 25 PAIR, 100 PAIR

NO.LINE The number of lines

IE: 2, 3, 4, 5

INFO Any additional information.

IE: LOCATED BY AAA CONSULTANTS

DTM;
This point will not be used as a dtm feature.

Observation requirements;
When this point is observed by the instrument, the instrument may be set to either the fine
or the coarse measuring mode and one observation will be measured to the point in F1 of the instrument.

286
MULTIPLE UNDERGROUND TELEPHONE LINES
CODES 910 THROUGH 917
The “multiple underground telephone line” code is used for a line that represents the location of multiple
underground telephone line

All underground utility locations should be marked by the utility owners or representatives.
Procedures for obtaining assistance from the utility owners can be found in the current Location
and Survey Manual. Underground utility locations should measured from these markings.

This line must be described in the electronic survey data file.

Attributes; At start of line;

OWNER The owner of the telephone line.

IE: BELL SOUTH, EATEL

SIZE The size of the telephone line.

IE: 25 PAIR, 100 PAIR

NO.LINE The number of lines

IE: 2, 3, 4, 5

CONDUIT Are the lines in a conduit?

IE: YES, NO

DEPTH The method used to determine the depth of the line and not the depth itself.

A pick list has been created for all of the START code DEPTH prompts and are described as follows;

PROBED* (default value) for depth determined by probe.

ELECTRONIC DEVICE for depth determined by any type of electronic device.

RECORD for depths obtained from the utility records (not actually determined in the field by physical
methods).

NO DEPTHS GIVEN for use when no depth is given, for other shots on the line, enter UNKNOWN.

VARIES, SEE DEPTHS for use when the depth is actually measured but by different methods
along the line, for other shots on the line, enter the depth at the point and how measured.

OTHER, SEE NOTE for use when none of the above applies, describe in your note what was
done, then in final data processing enter such into the attribute fields and then delete the note.

287
MULTIPLE UNDERGROUND TELEPHONE LINES
CODES 910 THROUGH 917 (continued)
Attributes; At points along the line other than the start;
DEPTH The depth from the ground to the top of the utility. This information should be provided by the
utility owner or representative. Measured as a decimal of the project working units.

IE: 0.5, 1.0, 1.2, 2.5, 3.0

DTM; This line will not be used as a dtm feature.

Observation requirements; When this point is observed by the instrument, the instrument may be set to either the
fine or the coarse measuring mode and one observation will be measured to the point in F1 of the instrument.

288
MULTIPLE ABOVEGROUND TELEPHONE LINES
CODES 920 THROUGH 923

The “multiple aboveground telephone line” code is used for a line that represents the location of multiple
aboveground telephone lines.

This line must be described in the electronic survey data file.

Attributes;
OWNER The owner of the telephone line.

IE: BELL SOUTH, EATEL

SIZE The size of the telephone line.

IE: 25 PAIR, 100 PAIR

NO.LINE The number of lines

IE: 2, 3, 4, 5

DTM;
This line will not be used as a dtm feature.

Observation requirements;
When this point is observed by the instrument, the instrument may be set to either the fine
or the coarse measuring mode and one observation will be measured to the point in F1 of
the instrument.

289
UNDERGROUND TELEPHONE FIBER OPTIC
LINE
CODES 930 THROUGH 937
The “underground telephone fiber optic line” code is used for a line that represents the location of an underground
telephone fiber optic line

All underground utility locations should be marked by the utility owners or representatives.
Procedures for obtaining assistance from the utility owners can be found in the current Location
and Survey Manual. Underground utility locations should measured from these markings.

This line must be described in the electronic survey data file.

Attributes; At start of line;

OWNER The owner of the telephone fiber optic line.

IE: BELL SOUTH, EATEL

SIZE The size of the telephone fiber optic line.

IE: 25 PAIR, 100 PAIR

DEPTH The method used to determine the depth of the line and not the depth itself.

A pick list has been created for all of the START code DEPTH prompts and are described as follows;

PROBED* (default value) for depth determined by probe.

ELECTRONIC DEVICE for depth determined by any type of electronic device.

RECORD for depths obtained from the utility records (not actually determined in the field by physical
methods).

NO DEPTHS GIVEN for use when no depth is given, for other shots on the line, enter UNKNOWN.

VARIES, SEE DEPTHS for use when the depth is actually measured but by different methods
along the line, for other shots on the line, enter the depth at the point and how measured.

OTHER, SEE NOTE for use when none of the above applies, describe in your note what was
done, then in final data processing enter such into the attribute fields and then delete the note.

290
UNDERGROUND TELEPHONE FIBER OPTIC
LINE
CODES 930 THROUGH 937 (continued)
Attributes; At points along the line other than the start;
DEPTH The depth from the ground to the top of the utility. This information should be provided by the
utility owner or representative. Measured as a decimal of the project working units.

IE: 0.5, 1.0, 1.2, 2.5, 3.0

DTM; This line will not be used as a dtm feature.

Observation requirements; When this point is observed by the instrument, the instrument may be set to either the
fine or the coarse measuring mode and one observation will be measured to the point in F1 of the instrument.

291
MULTIPLE UNDERGROUND TELEPHONE FIBER
OPTIC LINE
CODES 938 AND 939
The “multiple underground telephone fiber optic line” code is used for a line that represents the location of multiple
underground telephone fiber optic lines in a single location.

All underground utility locations should be marked by the utility owners or representatives.
Procedures for obtaining assistance from the utility owners can be found in the current Location
and Survey Manual. Underground utility locations should measured from these markings.

This line must be described in the electronic survey data file.

Attributes; At start of line;

OWNER The owner of the multiple telephone fiber optic lines.

IE: BELL SOUTH, EATEL

SIZE The size of the multiple telephone fiber optic lines.

IE: 25 PAIR, 100 PAIR

NO.LINE The number of lines.

IE: 2, 3, 4, 5

DEPTH The method used to determine the depth of the line and not the depth itself.

A pick list has been created for all of the START code DEPTH prompts and are described as follows;

PROBED* (default value) for depth determined by probe.

ELECTRONIC DEVICE for depth determined by any type of electronic device.

RECORD for depths obtained from the utility records (not actually determined in the field by physical
methods).

NO DEPTHS GIVEN for use when no depth is given, for other shots on the line, enter UNKNOWN.

VARIES, SEE DEPTHS for use when the depth is actually measured but by different methods
along the line, for other shots on the line, enter the depth at the point and how measured.

OTHER, SEE NOTE for use when none of the above applies, describe in your note what was
done, then in final data processing enter such into the attribute fields and then delete the note.

292
MULTIPLE UNDERGROUND TELEPHONE FIBER
OPTIC LINE
CODES 938 AND 939 (continued)
Attributes; At points along the line other than the start;
DEPTH The depth from the ground to the top of the utility. This information should be provided by the
utility owner or representative. Measured as a decimal of the project working units.

IE: 0.5, 1.0, 1.2, 2.5, 3.0

DTM; This line will not be used as a dtm feature.

Observation requirements; When this point is observed by the instrument, the instrument may be set to either the
fine or the coarse measuring mode and one observation will be measured to the point in F1 of the instrument.

293
ABOVEGROUND TELEPHONE FIBER OPTIC
LINE
CODES 940 THROUGH 943

The “aboveground telephone fiber optic line” code is used for a line that represents the location of an aboveground
telephone fiber optic line

This line must be described in the electronic survey data file.

Attributes;
OWNER The owner of the telephone fiber optic line.

IE: BELL SOUTH, EATEL

SIZE The size of the telephone fiber optic line.

IE: 25 PAIR, 100 PAIR

DTM;
This line will not be used as a dtm feature.

Observation requirements;
When this point is observed by the instrument, the instrument may be set to either the fine
or the coarse measuring mode and one observation will be measured to the point in F1 of
the instrument.

294
MULTIPLE ABOVEGROUND TELEPHONE FIBER
OPTIC LINE
CODES 944 AND 945

The “multiple aboveground telephone fiber optic line” code is used for a line that represents the location of multiple
aboveground telephone fiber optic lines in a single location.

This line must be described in the electronic survey data file.

Attributes;
OWNER The owner of the multiple telephone fiber optic lines.

IE: BELL SOUTH, EATEL

SIZE The size of the multiple telephone fiber optic lines.

IE: 25 PAIR, 100 PAIR

NO.LINE The number of lines.

IE: 2, 3, 4, 5

DTM;
This line will not be used as a dtm feature.

Observation requirements;
When this point is observed by the instrument, the instrument may be set to either the fine
or the coarse measuring mode and one observation will be measured to the point in F1 of
the instrument.

295
UNDERGROUND WATER LINE
CODES 950 THROUGH 957
The “underground water line” code is used for a line that represents the location of an underground
water line.

All underground utility locations should be marked by the utility owners or representatives.
Procedures for obtaining assistance from the utility owners can be found in the current Location
and Survey Manual. Underground utility locations should measured from these markings.

This line must be described in the electronic survey data file.

Attributes; At start of line;

DIA The diameter of the water line. Measured as a decimal of the project working units.

IE: 0.25, 0.50, 0.75, 1.0

MATRL The material that thewater line is made of.

IE: PVC, STEEL, COPPER

OWNER The owner of the water line.

IE: BR WATER CO, PRIVATE

DEPTH The method used to determine the depth of the line and not the depth itself.

A pick list has been created for all of the START code DEPTH prompts and are described as follows;

PROBED* (default value) for depth determined by probe.

ELECTRONIC DEVICE for depth determined by any type of electronic device.

RECORD for depths obtained from the utility records (not actually determined in the field by physical
methods).

NO DEPTHS GIVEN for use when no depth is given, for other shots on the line, enter UNKNOWN.

VARIES, SEE DEPTHS for use when the depth is actually measured but by different methods
along the line, for other shots on the line, enter the depth at the point and how measured.

OTHER, SEE NOTE for use when none of the above applies, describe in your note what was
done, then in final data processing enter such into the attribute fields and then delete the note.

296
UNDERGROUND WATER LINE
CODES 950 THROUGH 957 (continued)
Attributes; At points along the line other than the start;
DEPTH The depth from the ground to the top of the utility. This information should be provided by the
utility owner or representative. Measured as a decimal of the project working units.

IE: 0.5, 1.0, 1.2, 2.5, 3.0

DTM; This line will not be used as a dtm feature.

Observation requirements; When this point is observed by the instrument, the instrument may be set to either the
fine or the coarse measuring mode and one observation will be measured to the point in F1 of the instrument.

297
ABOVEGROUND WATER LINE
CODES 960 THROUGH 963

The “aboveground water line” code is used for a line that represents the location of an aboveground
water line.

This line must be described in the electronic survey data file.

Attributes;
DIA The diameter of the water line. Measured as a decimal of the project working units.

IE: 0.25, 0.50, 0.75, 1.0

MATRL The material that thewater line is made of.

IE: PVC, STEEL, COPPER

OWNER The owner of the water line.

IE: BR WATER CO, PRIVATE

DTM;
This line will not be used as a dtm feature.

Observation requirements;
When this point is observed by the instrument, the instrument may be set to either the fine
or the coarse measuring mode and one observation will be measured to the point in F1 of
the instrument.

298
UNDERGROUND WATER SINGLE SERVICE
CODES 965 AND 966

The “underground water single service” code is used for a line that represents the location of an underground water
service line connecting to a single user.

All underground utility locations should be marked by the utility owners or representatives.
Procedures for obtaining assistance from the utility owners can be found in the current Location
and Survey Manual. Underground utility locations should measured from these markings.

DTM;
This line will not be used as a dtm feature.

Observation requirements;
When this point is observed by the instrument, the instrument may be set to either the fine
or the coarse measuring mode and one observation will be measured to the point in F1 of
the instrument.

299
ABOVEGROUND WATER SINGLE SERVICE
CODES 970 AND 971

The “aboveground water single service” code is used for a line that represents the location of an aboveground water
service line connecting to a single user.

This line must be described in the electronic survey data file.

DTM;
This line will not be used as a dtm feature.

Observation requirements;
When this point is observed by the instrument, the instrument may be set to either the fine
or the coarse measuring mode and one observation will be measured to the point in F1 of
the instrument.

300
WATER VALVE
CODE 975

The “water valve” code is used for a point that represents the center of a water valve.

DTM;
This point will not be used as a dtm feature.

Observation requirements;
When this point is observed by the instrument, the instrument may be set to either the fine
or the coarse measuring mode and one observation will be measured to the point in F1 of
the instrument.

301
WATER METER
CODE 976

The “water meter” code is used for a point that represents the center of a water meter.

DTM;
This point will not be used as a dtm feature.

Observation requirements;
When this point is observed by the instrument, the instrument may be set to either the fine
or the coarse measuring mode and one observation will be measured to the point in F1 of
the instrument.

302
FIRE HYDRANT
CODE 977

The “fire hydrant” code is used for a point that represents the center of a fire hydrant.

DTM;
This point will not be used as a dtm feature.

Observation requirements;
When this point is observed by the instrument, the instrument may be set to either the fine
or the coarse measuring mode and one observation will be measured to the point in F1 of
the instrument.

303
WATER VALVE VAULT
CODE 978

The “water valve vault” code is used for a point that represents the center of a water valve vault.

This point is to be described in the electronic survey data file.

Attributes;
SIZE The length and width of the water valve vault. Measured as a decimal of the project working units.

IE: 0.5 X 0.5, 1.0 X 1.0, 2.0 X 1.5

MATRL The material that the water valve vault is made of.

IE: STEEL, CONCRETE

DTM;
This point will not be used as a dtm feature.

Observation requirements;
When this point is observed by the instrument, the instrument may be set to either the fine
or the coarse measuring mode and one observation will be measured to the point in F1 of
the instrument.

304
WATER TOWER (CLOSED)
CODE 979

The “water tower” code is used for a line that represents the outline of the support legs of a water tower.

This use of this code will result in a closed figure.

In the event of a complex water tower, it may be necessary to make a sketch of the tower in a conventional field
book.

This line is to be described in the electronic survey data file.

Attributes;
MATRL The material that the tower made of.

IE: WOOD, STEEL

NO.LEGS The number of support legs in the tower.

IE: 6, 8, 9

OWNER The owner of the tower.

IE: BR WATER CO, PARISH, CITY, PRIVATE

DTM;
This line will not be used as a dtm feature.

Observation requirements;
When this point is observed by the instrument, the instrument may be set to either the fine
or the coarse measuring mode and one observation will be measured to the point in F1 of the instrument.

The offset function of the total station may be utilized to locate the true centerline of the support legs.

305
WATER CLEANOUT
CODE 980

The “water cleanout” code is used for a point that represents the center of a water cleanout.

DTM;
This point will not be used as a dtm feature.

Observation requirements;
When this point is observed by the instrument, the instrument may be set to either the fine
or the coarse measuring mode and one observation will be measured to the point in F1 of
the instrument.

306
WATER WELL
CODE 981

The “water well” code is used for a point that represents the center of the casing of a water well.

This point is to be described in the electronic survey data file.

Attributes;
OWNER The owner of the water well.

IE: BR WATER CO, PARISH, CITY, PRIVATE

DIA The diameter of the water well casing. Measured as a decimal of the project working units.

IE: 0.25, 0.50, 0.75, 1.0

DEPTH The depth of the water well. This information should be provided by the well owner or
representative. Measured as a decimal of the project working units.

IE: 50, 100, 500, 1000

DTM;
This point will not be used as a dtm feature.

Observation requirements;
When this point is observed by the instrument, the instrument may be set to either the fine
or the coarse measuring mode and one observation will be measured to the point in F1 of the instrument.

The offset function of the total station should be utilized to locate the center of the well casing.

307
WATER UTILITY MARKER
CODE 982

The “water utility marker” code is used for a point that represents the center of a water utility marker sign or post.

This point is to be described in the electronic survey data file.

Attributes;
OWNER The owner of the marker.

IE: BR WATER CO, CITY, WATER DISTRICT 2

INFO Any additional information.

IE: 0.5 PVC POST, METAL SIGN

DTM;
This point will not be used as a dtm feature.

Observation requirements;
When this point is observed by the instrument, the instrument may be set to either the fine
or the coarse measuring mode and one observation will be measured to the point in F1 of the instrument.

308
WATER TEST HOLE
CODE 983

The “water test hole” code is used for a point that represents the top center of a water test hole.

This point is to be described in the electronic survey data file.

Attributes;
OWNER The owner of the utility.

IE: BR WATER CO, PARISH WATER WORKS, CITY, PRIVATE

DEPTH The depth from the ground to the top of utility. This information should be provided
by the utility locator. Measured as a decimal of the project working units.

IE: 0.5, 1.0, 1.2, 2.5, 3.0

DIA The diameter of the water line. Measured as a decimal of the project working units.

IE: 0.75, 1.0, 1.5, 2.0

MATRL The material that the water line is made of.

IE: STEEL, IRON, PVC

INFO Any additional information.

IE: LOCATED BY AAA CONSULTANTS

DTM;
This point will not be used as a dtm feature.

Observation requirements;
When this point is observed by the instrument, the instrument may be set to either the fine
or the coarse measuring mode and one observation will be measured to the point in F1 of the instrument.

309
UNDERGROUND WATER LINE CASING
CODES 990 THROUGH 993
The “underground water line casing” code is used for a line that represents the location of an underground
water line casing.

All underground utility locations should be marked by the utility owners or representatives.
Procedures for obtaining assistance from the utility owners can be found in the current Location
and Survey Manual. Underground utility locations should measured from these markings.

This line must be described in the electronic survey data file.

Attributes; At start of line;

DIA The diameter of the water line casing. Measured as a decimal of the project working units.

IE: 0.75, 1.0, 1.5, 2.0

MATRL The material that the water line casing is made of.

IE: STEEL, IRON

OWNER The owner of the water line casing.

IE: BR WATER CO, PARISH, CITY, PRIVATE

DEPTH The method used to determine the depth of the line and not the depth itself.

A pick list has been created for all of the START code DEPTH prompts and are described as follows;

PROBED* (default value) for depth determined by probe.

ELECTRONIC DEVICE for depth determined by any type of electronic device.

RECORD for depths obtained from the utility records (not actually determined in the field by physical
methods).

NO DEPTHS GIVEN for use when no depth is given, for other shots on the line, enter UNKNOWN.

VARIES, SEE DEPTHS for use when the depth is actually measured but by different methods
along the line, for other shots on the line, enter the depth at the point and how measured.

OTHER, SEE NOTE for use when none of the above applies, describe in your note what was
done, then in final data processing enter such into the attribute fields and then delete the note.

310
UNDERGROUND WATER LINE CASING
CODES 990 THROUGH 993 (continued)
Attributes; At points along the line other than the start;
DEPTH The depth from the ground to the top of the utility. This information should be provided by the
utility owner or representative. Measured as a decimal of the project working units.

IE: 0.5, 1.0, 1.2, 2.5, 3.0

DTM; This line will not be used as a dtm feature.

Observation requirements; When this point is observed by the instrument, the instrument may be set to either the
fine or the coarse measuring mode and one observation will be measured to the point in F1 of the instrument.

In the event a water line is passing through a water line casing, dual codes should be utilized to draw the
water line going through the casing.

311
ABOVEGROUND WATER LINE CASING
CODES 995 THROUGH 998

The “aboveground water line casing” code is used for a line that represents the location of an aboveground
water line casing.

This line must be described in the electronic survey data file.

Attributes;
DIA The diameter of the water line casing. Measured as a decimal of the project working units.

IE: 0.25, 0.50, 0.75, 1.0

MATRL The material that the water line casing is made of.

IE: STEEL, COPPER, IRON

OWNER The owner of the water line casing.

IE: BR WATER CO, PARISH, CITY, PRIVATE

DTM;
This line will not be used as a dtm feature.

Observation requirements;
When this point is observed by the instrument, the instrument may be set to either the fine
or the coarse measuring mode and one observation will be measured to the point in F1 of
the instrument.

In the event a water line is passing through a water line casing, dual codes should be utilized to draw the
water line going through the casing.

312
MULTIPOLE BILLBOARD
CODE 1000

The “multipole billboard” code is used for a line that represents the centerline of the row of poles supporting a
multipole billboard.

This line is to be described in the electronic survey data file.

Attributes;
DIA The diameter of the poles. Measured as a decimal of the project working units.

IE: 0.5, 1.0

MATRL The material that the poles are made of.

IE: WOOD, STEEL

NO.POLES The number of poles in the row.

IE: 6, 8, 9

DTM;
This line will not be used as a dtm feature.

Observation requirements;
When this point is observed by the instrument, the instrument may be set to either the fine
or the coarse measuring mode and one observation will be measured to the point in F1 of the instrument.

The offset function of the total station should be utilized to locate the true centerline of the
row of poles.

313
MONOPOLE BILLBOARD
CODE 1001

The “monopole billboard” code is used for a line that represents the centerline of the overhead billboard structure
supported by a single pole.

It will require the combined use of this code and "monopole billboard support pole" (code 1002) to define a
monopole billboard.

DTM;
This line will not be used as a dtm feature.

Observation requirements;
When this point is observed by the instrument, the instrument may be set to either the fine
or the coarse measuring mode and one observation will be measured to the point in F1 of the instrument.

314
BILLBOARD SUPPORT POLE
CODE 1002

The “ billboard support pole” code is used for a point that represents the centerpoint of a pole supporting a billboard.

It will require the combined use of this code and "monopole billboard centerline" (code 1001) to define a monopole
billboard.

This point is to be described in the electronic survey data file.

Attributes;
DIA The diameter of the pole. Measured as a decimal of the project working units.

IE: 1.0, 2.0, 3.0

MATRL The material that the pole is made of.

IE: STEEL

DTM;
This point will not be used as a dtm feature.

Observation requirements;
When this point is observed by the instrument, the instrument may be set to either the fine
or the coarse measuring mode and one observation will be measured to the point in F1 of the instrument.

The offset function of the total station should be utilized to locate the true centerpoint of the pole.

315
SIGN
CODE 1005

The “sign” code is used for a line that represents the centerline of a sign structure. The sign may or maynot be
supported by a poles.

This line is to be described in the electronic survey data file.

Attributes;
MATRL The material that the sign is made of.

IE: WOOD, METAL, BRICK

DTM;
This line will not be used as a dtm feature.

Observation requirements;
When this point is observed by the instrument, the instrument may be set to either the fine
or the coarse measuring mode and one observation will be measured to the point in F1 of the instrument.

316
SIGN POLE
CODE 1006

The “sign pole” code is used for a point that represents the centerpoint of a sign pole.

This point is to be described in the electronic survey data file.

Attributes;
DIA The diameter of the pole. Measured as a decimal of the project working units.

IE: 1.0, 2.0, 3.0

MATRL The material that the pole is made of.

IE: STEEL

DTM;
This point will not be used as a dtm feature.

Observation requirements;
When this point is observed by the instrument, the instrument may be set to either the fine
or the coarse measuring mode and one observation will be measured to the point in F1 of the instrument.

The offset function of the total station may be utilized to locate the true centerpoint of the pole.

317
MAILBOX BANK
CODE 1010

The “mailbox bank” code is used for a line that represents the outline of a bank of mailboxes.

The use of this code will typically result in a 4 sided closed figure .

This line is to be described in the electronic survey data file.

Attributes;
MATRL The material that the sign truss is made of.

IE: BRICK, METAL, WOOD,

NO.box The number of mailboxes in the bank.

IE: 5, 10, 15

DTM;
This line will not be used as a dtm feature.

Observation requirements;
When this point is observed by the instrument, the instrument may be set to either the fine
or the coarse measuring mode and one observation will be measured to the point in F1 of the instrument.

318
MAILBOX
CODE 1011

The “mailbox” code is used for a point that represents the centerpoint of a single mailbox.

DTM;
This point will not be used as a dtm feature.

Observation requirements;
When this point is observed by the instrument, the instrument may be set to either the fine
or the coarse measuring mode and one observation will be measured to the point in F1 of the instrument.

319
HUMAN GRAVE
CODE 1015

The “human grave” code is used for a point that represents the centerpoint of a human grave.

DTM;
This point will not be used as a dtm feature.

Observation requirements;
When this point is observed by the instrument, the instrument may be set to either the fine
or the coarse measuring mode and one observation will be measured to the point in F1 of the instrument.

320
CEMETERY
CODE 1016

The “cemetary” code is used for a line that represents the outline of a cemetary.

The use of this code will typically result in a closed figure .

DTM;
This line will not be used as a dtm feature.

Observation requirements;
When this point is observed by the instrument, the instrument may be set to either the fine
or the coarse measuring mode and one observation will be measured to the point in F1 of the instrument.

321
PLACE TEXT
CODE 1020

The “place text” code is used to display descriptive text at a point in the survey data

This point is to be described in the electronic survey data file.

Attributes;
TEXT The text that is to be desplayed.

IE: PASTURE, LAWN, CONCRETE, JOHN DOE ET AT

DTM;
This point will not be used as a dtm feature.

Observation requirements;
When this point is observed by the instrument, the instrument may be set to either the fine
or the coarse measuring mode and one observation will be measured to the point in F1 of the instrument.

322
ABOVEGROUND STORAGE TANK (POINT)
CODE 1025
The “aboveground storage tank (point)” code is used for a point that represents the centerpoint of an aboveground
storage tank.

This code is to be used to locate a single aboveground storage tank with only one observation.

If more detail is required, use code 1026 “aboveground storage tank (closed)”.

This point is to be described in the electronic survey data file.

Attributes;
DIA The diameter of the storage tank. Measured as a decimal of the project working units.

IE: 1.0, 2.0, 5.0

MATRL The material that the storage tank is made of.

IE: STEEL, FIBERGLASS

PRODUCT The product stored in the storage tank.

IE: NATURAL GAS, OIL, GASOLINE, WATER

CAPACITY The storage capacity of the storage tank.

IE: 100 GALLONS, 1000 GALLONS

DTM;
This point will not be used as a dtm feature.

Observation requirements;
When this point is observed by the instrument, the instrument may be set to either the fine
or the coarse measuring mode and one observation will be measured to the point in F1 of the instrument.

It will be necessary to utilize the offset observation function of the total station to locate the true center point of the
storage tank.

323
ABOVEGROUND STORAGE TANK (CLOSED)
CODE 1026

The “aboveground storage tank (closed)” code is used for a line that represents the outline of an aboveground
storage tank

The use of this code will result in a closed figure.

If less detail is required, use code 1025 “aboveground storage tank (point)”.

This line is to be described in the electronic survey data file.

Attributes;
MATRL The material that the storage tank is made of.

IE: STEEL, FIBERGLASS

PRODUCT The product stored in the storage tank.

IE: NATURAL GAS, OIL, GASOLINE, WATER

CAPACITY The storage capacity of the storage tank.

IE: 100 GALLONS, 1000 GALLONS

DTM;
This line will not be used as a dtm feature.

Observation requirements;
When this point is observed by the instrument, the instrument may be set to either the fine
or the coarse measuring mode and one observation will be measured to the point in F1 of the instrument.

324
STORAGE TANK VENT
CODE 1030

The “storage tank vent” code is used for a point that represents the centerpoint of a storage tank vent.

DTM;
This point will not be used as a dtm feature.

Observation requirements;
When this point is observed by the instrument, the instrument may be set to either the fine
or the coarse measuring mode and one observation will be measured to the point in F1 of the instrument.

325
UNDERGROUND STORAGE TANK (POINT)
CODE 1035
The “underground storage tank (point)” code is used for a point that represents the centerpoint of an underground
storage tank.

This code is to be used to locate a single underground storage tank with only one observation.

If more detail is required, use code 1036 “underground storage tank (closed)”.

This point is to be described in the electronic survey data file.

Attributes;
DIA The diameter of the storage tank. Measured as a decimal of the project working units.

IE: 1.0, 2.0, 5.0

MATRL The material that the storage tank is made of.

IE: STEEL, FIBERGLASS

PRODUCT The product stored in the storage tank.

IE: NATURAL GAS, OIL, GASOLINE, WATER

DEPTH The depth of the storage tank. This information should be provided by the tank owner or
representative. Measured as a decimal of the project working units.

IE: 0.5, 1.0, 1.2, 2.5, 3.0

CAPACITY The storage capacity of the storage tank.

IE: 100 GALLONS, 1000 GALLONS

DTM;
This point will not be used as a dtm feature.

Observation requirements;
When this point is observed by the instrument, the instrument may be set to either the fine
or the coarse measuring mode and one observation will be measured to the point in F1 of the instrument.

326
UNDERGROUND STORAGE TANK (CLOSED)
CODE 1036

The “underground storage tank (closed)” code is used for a line that represents the outline of an underground storage
tank

The use of this code will result in a closed figure.

If less detail is required, use code 1035 “underground storage tank (point)”.

This line is to be described in the electronic survey data file.

Attributes;
MATRL The material that the storage tank is made of.

IE: STEEL, FIBERGLASS

PRODUCT The product stored in the storage tank.

IE: NATURAL GAS, OIL, GASOLINE, WATER

DEPTH The depth of the storage tank. This information should be provided by the tank owner or
representative. Measured as a decimal of the project working units.

IE: 0.5, 1.0, 1.2, 2.5, 3.0

CAPACITY The storage capacity of the storage tank.

IE: 100 GALLONS, 1000 GALLONS

DTM;
This line will not be used as a dtm feature.

Observation requirements;
When this point is observed by the instrument, the instrument may be set to either the fine
or the coarse measuring mode and one observation will be measured to the point in F1 of the instrument.

327
PUEL PUMP
CODE 1040

The “fuel pump” code is used for a point that represents the centerpoint of a fuel pump.

DTM;
This point will not be used as a dtm feature.

Observation requirements;
When this point is observed by the instrument, the instrument may be set to either the fine
or the coarse measuring mode and one observation will be measured to the point in F1 of the instrument.

It will be necessary to utilize the offset observation function of the total station to locate the true center point of the
fuel pump.

328
MONITORING WELL
CODE 1041

The “monitering well” code is used for a point that represents the center of the casing of a monitering well.

This point is to be described in the electronic survey data file.

Attributes;
OWNER The owner of the gas well.

IE: EXXON, SHELL, AMACO, EPA, STATE

DIA The diameter of the monitering well casing. Measured as a decimal of the project working units.

IE: 0.25, 0.50, 0.75, 1.0

DEPTH The depth of the monitering well. This information should be provided by the well owner or
representative. Measured as a decimal of the project working units.

IE: 0.5, 1.0, 1.2, 2.5, 3.0

DTM;
This point will not be used as a dtm feature.

Observation requirements;
When this point is observed by the instrument, the instrument may be set to either the fine
or the coarse measuring mode and one observation will be measured to the point in F1 of the instrument.

It will be necessary to utilize the offset observation function of the total station to locate the true center point of the
monitering well.

329
SILO
CODE 1042

The “silo” code is used for a point that represents the centerpoint of a silo.

This point is to be described in the electronic survey data file.

Attributes;
DIA The diameter of the silo. Measured as a decimal of the project working units.

IE: 5.0, 10.0, 15.0

MATRL The material that the silo is made of.

IE: METAL, CONCRETE

DTM;
This point will not be used as a dtm feature.

Observation requirements;
When this point is observed by the instrument, the instrument may be set to either the fine
or the coarse measuring mode and one observation will be measured to the point in F1 of the instrument.

It will be necessary to utilize the offset observation function of the total station to locate the true center point of the
silo.

330
MISCELLANEOUS TOWER (CLOSED)
CODE 1043

The “miscellaneous tower (closed)” code is used for a line that represents the outline of the support legs of a
miscellaneous tower .

This use of this code will result in a closed figure.

In the event of a complex tower, it may be necessary to make a sketch of the tower in a conventional field book.

This line is to be described in the electronic survey data file.

Attributes;
TYPE The type of tower.

IE: FIRE, LOOK OUT, TV BROADCAST, RADIO BROADCAST

MATRL The material that the tower made of.

IE: WOOD, STEEL

NO.LEGS The number of support legs in the tower.

IE: 6, 8, 9

OWNER The owner of the tower.

IE: PRIVATE, POLICE, STATE, WBRZ

DTM;
This line will not be used as a dtm feature.

Observation requirements;
When this point is observed by the instrument, the instrument may be set to either the fine
or the coarse measuring mode and one observation will be measured to the point in F1 of the instrument.

The offset function of the total station may be utilized to locate the true centerline of the support legs.

331
FLAG POLE
CODE 1044

The “flag pole” code is used for a point that represents the centerpoint of a flag pole.

This point is to be described in the electronic survey data file.

Attributes;
DIA The diameter of the pole. Measured as a decimal of the project working units.

IE: 0.5, 1.0, 2.0

MATRL The material that the pole is made of.

IE: STEEL

DTM;
This point will not be used as a dtm feature.

Observation requirements;
When this point is observed by the instrument, the instrument may be set to either the fine
or the coarse measuring mode and one observation will be measured to the point in F1 of the instrument.

The offset function of the total station may be utilized to locate the true centerpoint of the pole.

332
GENERAL / PRIVATE LIGHT
CODE 1045

The “general / private light” code is used for a point that represents the centerpoint of a general and/or private light
structure.

This point is to be described in the electronic survey data file.

Attributes;
SIZE The diameter and /or size of the light structure. Measured as a decimal of the project working units.

IE: 0.5, 1.0, 2.0

MATRL The material that the light structure is made of.

IE: STEEL

DTM;
This point will not be used as a dtm feature.

Observation requirements;
When this point is observed by the instrument, the instrument may be set to either the fine
or the coarse measuring mode and one observation will be measured to the point in F1 of the instrument.

The offset function of the total station may be utilized to locate the true centerpoint of the light structure.

333
MISCELLANEOUS TOWER (POINT)
CODE 1046

The “miscellaneous tower (point)” code is used for a point that represents the bottom of a miscellaneous tower .

This point is to be described in the electronic survey data file.

Attributes;
MATRL The material that the tower made of.

IE: WOOD, STEEL

OWNER The owner of the tower.

IE: PRIVATE, POLICE, STATE, WBRZ, AT&T, CINGULAR, DOTD

TYPE The type of tower.

IE: TV BROADCAST, RADIO BROADCAST, CELLULAR, MICROWAVE, COMBINATION

DTM;
This line will not be used as a dtm feature.

Observation requirements;
When this point is observed by the instrument, the instrument may be set to either the fine
or the coarse measuring mode and one observation will be measured to the point in F1 of the instrument.

The offset function of the total station may be utilized to locate the true centerline of the support legs.

334
MISCELLANEOUS TOWER GUY ANCHOR
CODE 1047

The “miscellaneous tower guy anchor” code is used for a point that represents the centerpoint of a tower guy anchor.

Attributes;
MATRL The material that the guy anchor is made of.

IE: METAL, CONCRETE

NO.CABLES The number of cables attached.

IE: 1, 2, 3

DTM;
This point will not be used as a dtm feature.

Observation requirements;
When this point is observed by the instrument, the instrument may be set to either the fine
or the coarse measuring mode and one observation will be measured to the point in F1 of the
instrument.

It will be necessary to use a “jpt” control code to join the guy anchor to the tower it supports.

335
MECHANICAL (POINT)
CODE 1050

The “mechanical (point)” code is used for a point that represents the center of a small mechanical device.

A typical example of the use of this code would be to locate the center of an air conditioning
unit next to a building or a compressor next to a mechanical shop.

To locate a large mechanical device use mechanical (closed) (code 546).

This point is to be described in the electronic survey data file.

Attributes;
INFO Description of the mechanical device.

IE: AIR CONDITIONER, COMPRESSER, PUMP

DTM;
This point will not be used as a dtm feature.

Observation requirements;
When this point is observed by the instrument, the instrument may be set to either the fine
or the coarse measuring mode and one observation will be measured to the point in F1 of the instrument.

336
MECHANICAL (CLOSED)
CODE 1051

The “mechanical (closed)” code is used for a line that represents the outline of a large mechanical device.

A typical example of the use of this code would be to locate the outline of an air conditioning
cooling tower, a generator, a steam boiler.

To locate a small mechanical device use mechanical (point) (code 545).

This line is to be described in the electronic survey data file.

Attributes;
INFO Description of the mechanical device.

IE: AIR CONDITIONER COOLING TOWER, STEAM BOILER

DTM;
This line will not be used as a dtm feature.

Observation requirements;
When this point is observed by the instrument, the instrument may be set to either the fine
or the coarse measuring mode and one observation will be measured to the point in F1 of the instrument.

337
OVERHEAD STRUCTURE (POINT)
CODE 1055

The “overhead structure (point)” code is used for a point that represents the center of a single overhead structure.

This point is to be described in the electronic survey data file.

Attributes;
INFO Description of the overhead structure.

IE: COMPRESSER, PUMP, CONVEYOR MOTOR

INFO Any additional information.

IE: ELEVATION IS ACTUAL BOTTOM OF MOTOR

DTM;
This point will not be used as a dtm feature.

Observation requirements;
When this point is observed by the instrument, the instrument may be set to either the fine
or the coarse measuring mode and one observation will be measured to the point in F1 of the instrument.

Typically the prism pole should be positioned directly below the structure as best as is possible. The elevation of the
observation will be the elevation of the ground at that point.

The elevation of the bottom of the structure may be obtained by placing the prism directly on the bottom of the
structure and entering a negative target height, but only if the structure can be safely reached with the prism. In this
event, the fact that the elevation is actual should be noted in the attributes.

338
OVERHEAD STRUCTURE (LINE)
CODE 1056

The “overhead structure (line)” code is used for a line that represents the outline of an overhead structure.

This point is to be described in the electronic survey data file.

Attributes;
INFO Description of the overhead structure.

IE: CONVEYOR , ELEVATED WALKWAY

INFO Any additional information.

IE: ELEVATION IS ACTUAL BOTTOM OF CONVEYOR

DTM;
This point will not be used as a dtm feature.

Observation requirements;
When this point is observed by the instrument, the instrument may be set to either the fine
or the coarse measuring mode and one observation will be measured to the point in F1 of the instrument.

Typically the prism pole should be positioned directly below the structure as best as is possible. The elevation of the
observation will be the elevation of the ground at that point.

The elevation of the bottom of the structure may be obtained by placing the prism directly on the bottom of the
structure and entering a negative target height, but only if the structure can be safely reached with the prism. In this
event, the fact that the elevation is actual should be noted in the attributes.

339
OVERHEAD STRUCTURE SUPPORT (POINT)
CODE 1057

The “overhead structure support (point)” code is used for a point that represents the center of a single overhead
structure support.

This point is to be described in the electronic survey data file.

Attributes;
INFO Description of the overhead structure support.

IE: 0.5 METAL PIPE, STEEL I-BEAM

INFO Any additional information.

IE: SUPPORTS CONVEYOR STRUCTURE, SUPPORTS PIPE RACK

DTM;
This point will not be used as a dtm feature.

Observation requirements;
When this point is observed by the instrument, the instrument may be set to either the fine
or the coarse measuring mode and one observation will be measured to the point in F1 of the instrument.

340
OVERHEAD STRUCTURE SUPPORT (LINE)
CODE 1058

The “overhead structure support (line)” code is used for a line that represents the outline of an overhead structure
support.

This point is to be described in the electronic survey data file.

Attributes;
INFO Description of the overhead structure support.

IE: CONCRETE, METAL I-BEAMS, PIPE RACK

INFO Any additional information.

IE: SUPPORTS PIPE RACK

DTM;
This point will not be used as a dtm feature.

Observation requirements;
When this point is observed by the instrument, the instrument may be set to either the fine
or the coarse measuring mode and one observation will be measured to the point in F1 of the instrument.

341
UNLISTED POINT
CODES 1100 THROUGH 1110

The “unlisted point” code is used for a point that represents the the center point of any point feature that is not
defined by an existing feature code.

This point must be described in the electronic survey data file.

Attributes;
INFO Any applicable descriptive information.

IE: ACCIDENT SITE, HISTORIC MONUMENT

DTM;
This point will not be used as a dtm feature.

Observation requirements;
When this point is observed by the instrument, the instrument may be set to either the fine
or the coarse measuring mode and one observation will be measured to the point in F1 of the instrument.

342
UNLISTED LINE
CODES 1150 THROUGH 1160

The “unlisted line” code is used for a point that represents the the centerline of any linnear feature that is not defined
by an existing feature code.

This line must be described in the electronic survey data file.

Attributes;
INFO Any applicable descriptive information.

IE: HISTORIC MONUMENT, UNDERGROUND STEAM LINE

DTM;
This line will not be used as a dtm feature.

Observation requirements;
When this point is observed by the instrument, the instrument may be set to either the fine
or the coarse measuring mode and one observation will be measured to the point in F1 of the instrument.

343
ROUND PIPE CULVERT INVERT (SIZED)
CODES NUMBERED BETWEEN 2000 AND 2285

The “round pipe culvert invert” codes are used for lines that represent the centerline of a sized round pipe culvert at
it’s invert. The sizes are identified by the code names.

In the event a pipe culvert is silted in, it will be necessary to dig out the silt at each point
observed to locate the true invert of the pipe.

A pipe culvert invert is different than a pipe crossdrain invert in that the pipe culvert
does not cross the road and a pipe crossdrain does.

These lines must be described in the electronic survey data file.

Attributes;
MATRL The material that the pipe is made of.

IE: CMP, RCP, METAL

DTM;
These lines will be used as dtm features however they will not be used for the surface. These lines will
automatically display in a cross section and/or profile as a sized circle.

Observation requirements;
When this point is observed by the instrument, the instrument may be set to either the fine
or the coarse measuring mode and one observation will be measured to the point in F1 of the instrument.

344
ROUND PIPE CROSSDRAIN INVERT (SIZED)
CODES NUMBERED BETWEEN 2300 AND 2583

The “round pipe crossdrain invert” codes are used for lines that represent the centerline of a sized round pipe
crossdrain at it’s invert. The sizes are identified by the code names.

In the event a pipe crossdrain is silted in, it will be necessary to dig out the silt at each point
observed to locate the true invert of the pipe.

A pipe crossdrain invert is different than a pipe culvert invert in that the pipe crossdrain
crosses the road and a pipe culvert does not.

This line must be described in the electronic survey data file.

Attributes;
MATRL The material that the pipe is made of.

IE: CMP, RCP, METAL

DTM;
These lines will be used as dtm features however they will not be used for the surface. These lines will
automatically display in a cross section and/or profile as a sized circle.

Observation requirements;
When this point is observed by the instrument, the instrument may be set to either the fine
or the coarse measuring mode and one observation will be measured to the point in F1 of the instrument.

345
ARCH PIPE CULVERT INVERT (SIZED)
CODES NUMBERED BETWEEN 2600 AND 3035

The “arch pipe culvert invert” codes are used for lines that represent the centerline of a sized arch pipe culvert at it’s
invert. The sizes are identified by the code names and are sized by height x width.

In the event an arch pipe culvert is silted in, it will be necessary to dig out the silt at each point
observed to locate the true invert of the pipe.

An arch pipe culvert invert is different than an arch pipe crossdrain invert in that the arch pipe culvert
does not cross the road and an arch pipe crossdrain does.

This line must be described in the electronic survey data file.

Attributes;
MATRL The material that the pipe is made of.

IE: CMP, RCP, METAL ARCH

DTM;
These lines will be used as dtm features however they will not be used for the surface. These lines will
automatically display in a cross section and/or profile as a sized circle.

Observation requirements;
When this point is observed by the instrument, the instrument may be set to either the fine
or the coarse measuring mode and one observation will be measured to the point in F1 of the instrument.

346
ARCH PIPE CROSSDRAIN INVERT (SIZED)
CODES NUMBERED BETWEEN 3040 AND 3258

The “arch pipe crossdrain invert” codes are used for lines that represent the centerline of a sized arch pipe crossdrain
at it’s invert. The sizes are identified by the code names and are sized by height x width.

In the event an arch pipe crossdrain is silted in, it will be necessary to dig out the silt at each point
observed to locate the true invert of the pipe.

An arch pipe crossdrain invert is different than an arch pipe culvert invert in that the arch pipe crossdrain
crosses the road and aa arch pipe culvert does not.

This line must be described in the electronic survey data file.

Attributes;
MATRL The material that the pipe is made of.

IE: CMP, RCP, METAL ARCH

DTM;
These lines will be used as dtm features however they will not be used for the surface. These lines will
automatically display in a cross section and/or profile as a sized circle.

Observation requirements;
When this point is observed by the instrument, the instrument may be set to either the fine
or the coarse measuring mode and one observation will be measured to the point in F1 of the instrument.

347
BOX CULVERT INVERT CENTERLINE (SIZED)
CODES NUMBERED BETWEEN 5000 AND 5203

The “box culvert invert centerline” codes are used for lines that represent the centerline of a sized box culvert
opening at it’s invert. The opening sizes are identified by the code names and are sized
by height x width.

In the event a box culvert is silted in, it will be necessary to dig out the silt at each point
observed to locate the true inverts of the box.

A box culvert invert is different than a box crossdrain invert in that the box culvert
does not cross the road and a box crossdrain does.

This line must be described in the electronic survey data file.

Attributes;
MATRL The material that the box is made of.

IE: CONCRETE

DTM;
These lines will be used as dtm features however they will not be used for the surface. These lines will
automatically display in a cross section and/or profile as a sized box.

Observation requirements;
When this point is observed by the instrument, the instrument may be set to either the fine
or the coarse measuring mode and one observation will be measured to the point in F1 of the instrument

348
BOX CROSSDRAIN INVERT CENTERLINE (SIZED)
CODES NUMBERED BETWEEN 5300 AND 5503

The “box crossdrain invert centerline” codes are used for lines that represent the centerline of a sized box crossdrain
opening at it’s invert. The opening sizes are identified by the code names and are sized
by height x width.

In the event a box crossdrain is silted in, it will be necessary to dig out the silt at each point
observed to locate the true inverts of the box.

A box crossdrain invert is different than a box culvert invert in that the box crossdrain
crosses the road and a box culvert does not.

This line must be described in the electronic survey data file.

Attributes;
MATRL The material that the box is made of.

IE: CONCRETE

DTM;
These lines will be used as dtm features however they will not be used for the surface. These lines will
automatically display in a cross section and/or profile as a sized box.

Observation requirements;
When this point is observed by the instrument, the instrument may be set to either the fine
or the coarse measuring mode and one observation will be measured to the point in F1 of the instrument.

349
ROUND SEWER LINE INVERT (SIZED)
CODES NUMBERED BETWEEN 8000 AND 8233

The “round sewer line invert” codes are used for lines that represent the centerline of a sized round sewer line at it’s
invert. The sizes are identified by the code names.

This line must be described in the electronic survey data file.

Attributes;
MATRL The material that the sewer line is made of.

IE: CLAY, PVC, IRON

OWNER The owner of the sewer line.

IE: CITY, PARISH, PRIVATE

DTM;
These lines will be used as dtm features however they will not be used for the surface. These lines will
automatically display in a cross section and/or profile as a sized circle.

Observation requirements;
When this point is observed by the instrument, the instrument may be set to either the fine
or the coarse measuring mode and one observation will be measured to the point in F1 of the instrument.

Sewer line inverts should be located at each sewer manhole. It will be necessary to remove the lid of the sewer
manhole to locate the sewer line’s invert. The sewer manhole top (code 820) and sewer manhole bottom invert shot
(code 821) will each require an observation due to the difference in elevation of the manhole top, the manhole
bottom and the sewer line invert.

350